ML071640342: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(2 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 05/01/2007
| issue date = 05/01/2007
| title = E-MAIL: (NPA-PD) Pilgrim Amendment
| title = E-MAIL: (NPA-PD) Pilgrim Amendment
| author name = Buckberg P H
| author name = Buckberg P
| author affiliation = NRC/NRR/ADRO/DLR/RLRA
| author affiliation = NRC/NRR/ADRO/DLR/RLRA
| addressee name = Davis J A, Hoang D V, Iqbal N, Lambros L, Mitchell M A, Sydnor C R
| addressee name = Davis J, Hoang D, Iqbal N, Lambros L, Mitchell M, Sydnor C
| addressee affiliation = NRC/NRR/ADES/DCI/CVIB, NRC/NRR/ADRA/DRA/AFPB, NRC/NRR/ADRO/DLR/RLRC
| addressee affiliation = NRC/NRR/ADES/DCI/CVIB, NRC/NRR/ADRA/DRA/AFPB, NRC/NRR/ADRO/DLR/RLRC
| docket = 05000293
| docket = 05000293
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:I Perry BuckberQ -PiIQrim Amendment I -PaQe1 From: To: Naeem IQBAL Date:  
{{#Wiki_filter:I Perry BuckberQ - PiIQrim Amendment
                      -              I                                                                           PaQe1 From:               Perry Buckberg To:                 Christopher Sydnor; Dan Hoang; James Davis; Lambros Lois; Matthew Mitchell; Naeem IQBAL Date:               5/1/2007 9:20:11 PM


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Perry Buckberg Christopher Sydnor; Dan Hoang; James Davis; Lambros Lois; Matthew Mitchell;5/1/2007 9:20:11 PM Pilgrim Amendment The attached files make up LRA Amendment 16 dated 5/1/2007.
Pilgrim Amendment The attached files make up LRA Amendment 16 dated 5/1/2007.     I will be out of the office tomorrow (5/2/2007) but will check on the status Thursday.
I will be out of the office tomorrow (5/2/2007) but will check on the status Thursday.Thanks, Perry CC: Louise Lund Ic:\tem\G'W}00002TMP Pag 1P Mail Envelope Properties (4637E74B.8F6:
Thanks, Perry CC:                 Louise Lund
9 : 8248)
 
Ic:\tem\G'W}00002TMP                                                                                 Pag 1P Mail Envelope Properties   (4637E74B.8F6: 9 : 8248)


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Creation Date From: Created By: Pilgrim Amendment 5/1/2007 9:20:11 PM Perry Buckberg PHB 1 (nrc.gov Recipients nrc.gov OWGWPO02.HQGWDO01 NXI (Naeem IQBAL)nrc.gov OWGWPO03.HQGWDO01 JAD (James Davis)nrc.gov OWGWPO04.HQGWDO01 DVH (Dan Hoang)nrc.gov TWGWPOO1 .HQGWDOO1 LXL CC (Louise Lund)LXL1 (Lambros Lois)MAM4 (Matthew Mitchell)nrc.gov TWGWPO02.HQGWDO01 CRS (Christopher Sydnor)Post Office OWGWPO02.HQGWDO01 OWGWPO03.HQGWDO01 OWGWPOO4.HQGWDOO1 TWGWPOO1 .HQGWDO01 TWGWPO02.HQGWDO01 Action Delivered Delivered Delivered Delivered Delivered Date & Time 5/1/2007 9:20:24 PM 5/1/2007 9:20:17 PM 5/1/2007 9:20:21 PM 5/1/2007 9:20:25 PM 5/1/2007 9:20:22 PM Delivered 5/1/2007 9:20:24 PM 5/1/2007 9:20:17 PM 5/1/2007 9:20:21 PM 5/1/2007 9:20:25 PM 5/1/2007 9:20:22 PM Route nrc.gov nrc.gov nrc.gov nrc.gov nrc.gov Files Size MESSAGE 496 Pilgrim LRA Amendment 16 5 1 2007.pdf Pilgrim LRA Amendment 16 2 5_1 2007.pdf Date & Time 5/1/2007 9:20:11 PN 2862546 3201616 5/1/2007 8:15:32 PM 5/1/2007 8:18:46 PM Options Auto Delete: No Expiration Date: None Notify Recipients:
Pilgrim Amendment Creation Date         5/1/2007 9:20:11 PM From:                Perry Buckberg Created By:          PHB1 (nrc.gov Recipients                                     Action              Date & Time nrc.gov OWGWPO02.HQGWDO01                             Delivered            5/1/2007 9:20:24 PM NXI (Naeem IQBAL) nrc.gov OWGWPO03.HQGWDO01                             Delivered            5/1/2007 9:20:17 PM JAD (James Davis) nrc.gov OWGWPO04.HQGWDO01                             Delivered            5/1/2007 9:20:21 PM DVH (Dan Hoang) nrc.gov TWGWPOO1 .HQGWDOO1                             Delivered            5/1/2007 9:20:25 PM LXL CC (Louise Lund)
Yes Priority:
LXL1 (Lambros Lois)
Standard ReplyRequested:
MAM4 (Matthew Mitchell) nrc.gov TWGWPO02.HQGWDO01                             Delivered           5/1/2007 9:20:22 PM CRS (Christopher Sydnor)
No Return Notification:
Post Office                                      Delivered           Route OWGWPO02.HQGWDO01                              5/1/2007 9:20:24 PM nrc.gov OWGWPO03.HQGWDO01                              5/1/2007 9:20:17 PM nrc.gov OWGWPOO4.HQGWDOO1                              5/1/2007 9:20:21 PM nrc.gov TWGWPOO1 .HQGWDO01                            5/1/2007 9:20:25 PM nrc.gov TWGWPO02.HQGWDO01                              5/1/2007 9:20:22 PM nrc.gov Files                         Size             Date & Time MESSAGE                      496              5/1/2007 9:20:11 PN Pilgrim LRA Amendment 16 5 1 2007.pdf          2862546             5/1/2007 8:15:32 PM Pilgrim LRA Amendment 16 2 5_1 2007.pdf        3201616            5/1/2007 8:18:46 PM Options
None Concealed  
 
Auto Delete:         No Expiration Date:     None Notify Recipients:   Yes Priority:           Standard ReplyRequested:     No Return Notification: None Concealed  


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
No Security:
No Security:           Standard To Be Delivered:     Immediate Status Tracking:     Delivered
Standard To Be Delivered:
 
Immediate Status Tracking:
`Ent&W                                                                               Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
Delivered
Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station 600 Rocky Hill Road Plymouth, MA 02360 Stephen J. Bethay Director, Nuclear Assessment May 1, 2007 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555-0001
`Ent&W Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station 600 Rocky Hill Road Plymouth, MA 02360 Stephen J. Bethay Director, Nuclear Assessment May 1, 2007 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555-0001


==SUBJECT:==
==SUBJECT:==
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Docket No. 50-293 License No. DPR-35 License Renewal Application Amendment 16  
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Docket No. 50-293     License No. DPR-35 License Renewal Application Amendment 16


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. Entergy Letter, License Renewal Application, dated January 25, 2006 2. NRC Safety Evaluation Report with Open Items Related to the Pilgrim License Renewal Application, dated March 2007-3. NRC Request for additional information for review of the Pilgrim license renewal application, dated March 26, 2007 4. Entergy Letter, Comments on NRC Draft Safety Evaluation Report Related to PNPS LRA, dated March 28, 2007 LETTER NUMBER: 2.07.027  
: 1. Entergy Letter, License Renewal Application, dated January 25, 2006
: 2. NRC Safety Evaluation Report with Open Items Related to the Pilgrim License Renewal Application, dated March 2007
                          -3. NRC Request for additional information for review of the Pilgrim license renewal application, dated March 26, 2007
: 4. Entergy Letter, Comments on NRC Draft Safety Evaluation Report Related to PNPS LRA, dated March 28, 2007 LETTER NUMBER:           2.07.027


==Dear Sir or Madam:==
==Dear Sir or Madam:==
In Reference 1, Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. applied for renewal of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station operating license. NRC TAC No. MC9669 was assigned to the application.
In Reference 1, Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. applied for renewal of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station operating license. NRC TAC No. MC9669 was assigned to the application.
This letter provides information to address the Open Items from the NRC safety evaluation report (SER), (Reference 2). This letter also provides information in response to a request for additional information (Reference  
This letter provides information to address the Open Items from the NRC safety evaluation report (SER), (Reference 2). This letter also provides information in response to a request for additional information (Reference 3) related to Open Item 4.2. In addition, this letter includes LRA amendments resulting from review of the NRC SER.
: 3) related to Open Item 4.2. In addition, this letter includes LRA amendments resulting from review of the NRC SER.Commitments made by this letter are contained in Attachment A.Please contact Mr. Bryan Ford, (508) 830-8403, if you have questions regarding this subject.I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on May 1,2007.Sincerely, Step en SafetyA Director Nuclear Safety Assessment ERS/dI Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Letter Number: 2.07.027 Page 2 Attachments:
Commitments made by this letter are contained in Attachment A.
Attachment A: Attachment B: Attachment C: Attachment D: Attachment E: Revised List of Regulatory Commitments Information in Response to the Open Items Listed in the Draft NRC SER, Including Associated LRA Amendments and License Condition LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs Torus Room Concrete Base Mat Evaluation (Dr. Franz Ulm, M.I.T.)Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS cc: see next page Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station cc: with Attachments Mr. Perry Buckberg Project Manager Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555-0001 Alicia Williamson Project Manager Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555-0001 Susan L. Uttal, Esq.Office of the General Counsel U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop 0-15 D21 Washington, DC 20555-0001 Sheila Slocum Hollis, Esq.Duane Morris LLP 1667 K Street N.W., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20006 cc: without Attachments Mr. James S. Kim, Project Manager Division of Operating Reactor Licensing Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission One White Flint North 4D9A 11555 Rockville Pike Rockville, MD 20852 Mr. Jack Strosnider, Director Office of Nuclear Material and Safeguards U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555-00001 Mr. Samuel J. Collins, Administrator Region I U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 475 Allendale Road King of Prussia, PA 19406 NRC Resident Inspector Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Letter Number: 2.07.027 Page 3 Mr. Joseph Rogers Commonwealth of Massachusetts Assistant Attorney General Division Chief, Utilities Division 1 Ashburton Place Boston, MA 02108 Mr. Matthew Brock, Esq.Commonwealth of Massachusetts Assistant Attorney General Environmental Protection Division One Ashburton Place Boston, MA 02108 Diane Curran, Esq.Harmon, Curran, and Eisenberg, L.L.P.1726 M Street N.W., Suite Washington, DC 20036 Molly H. Bartlett, Esq.52 Crooked Lane Duxbury, MA 02332 Mr. Robert Walker, Director Massachusetts Department of Public Health Radiation Control Program Schrafft Center, Suite 1 M2A 529 Main Street Charlestown, MA 02129 Mr. Ken McBride, Director Massachusetts Energy Management Agency 400 Worcester Road Framingham, MA 01702 Mr. James E. Dyer, Director Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555-00001 ATTACHMENT A to Letter 2.07.027 (8 pages)Revised List of Regulatory Commitments-b Revised List of Regulatory Commitments The following table identifies those actions committed to by Entergy in this document.Any other statements in this submittal are provided for information purposes and are not considered to be regulatory commitments.
Please contact Mr. Bryan Ford, (508) 830-8403, if you have questions regarding this subject.
COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments Implement the Buried Piping and Tanks Inspection June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.2 /Audit Program as described in LRA Section B.1.2. 2.06.003 Item 320 and 2.06.057 2 Enhance the implementing procedure for ASME June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.6 / Audit Section XI inservice inspection and testing to specify 2.06.003 Item 320 that the guidelines in Generic Letter 88-01 or and approved BWRVIP-75 shall be considered in 2.06.057 determining sample expansion if indications are found in Generic Letter 88-01 welds.3 Inspect fifteen (15) percent of the top guide locations As stated in the Letters B.1.8 / Audit using enhanced visual inspection technique, EVT-1, commitment.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on May 1,2007.
2.06.003 Items 155, within'the first 18 years of the period of extended and 320 operation, with at least one-third of the inspections to 2.06.057 be completed within the first six (6) years and at least and two-thirds within the first 12 years of the period of 2.06.064 extended operations.
Sincerely, Step     en     SafetyA Director Nuclear Safety Assessment ERS/dI
Locations selected for and examination will be areas that have exceeded the 2.06.081 neutron fluence threshold.
 
4 Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.10 /include quarterly sampling of the security diesel 2.06.003 Audit Items generator fuel storage tank. Particulates (filterable and 320, 566 solids), water and sediment checks will be performed 2.06.057 on the samples. Filterable solids acceptance criteria and will be = 10 mg/l. Water and sediment acceptance 2.06.089 criteria will be = 0.05%.5 Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.10/install instrumentation to monitor for leakage between 2.06.003 Audit Items the two walls of the security diesel generator fuel and 155, 320 storagle tank to ensure that significant degradation is 2.06.057 not occurring.
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.                                   Letter Number: 2.07.027 Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station                                      Page 2 Attachments:
6 Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to June 8, 2012 Letters 6.1.10/specify acceptance criterion for UT measurements of 2.06.003 Audit Items emergency diesel generator fuel storage tanks and 165, 320 (T-126A&B).
Attachment A:   Revised List of Regulatory Commitments Attachment B:    Information in Response to the Open Items Listed in the Draft NRC SER, Including Associated LRA Amendments and License Condition Attachment C:    LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs Attachment D:  Torus Room Concrete Base Mat Evaluation (Dr. Franz Ulm, M.I.T.)
_ 2.06.057, I
Attachment E:  Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS cc: see next page
# COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments 7 Enhance Fire Protection Program procedures to state June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.13.1 /that the diesel engine sub-systems (including the fuel 2.06.003 Audit Items supply line) shall be observed while the pump is and 320, 378 running. Acceptance criteria will be enhanced to 2.06.057 verify that the diesel engine did not exhibit signs of and degradation while it was running; such as fuel oil, 2.06.064 lube oil, coolant, or exhaust gas leakage. Also, enhance procedures to clarify that the diesel-driven fire pump engine is inspected for evidence of corrosion in the intake air, turbocharger, and jacket water.system components as well as lube oil cooler.The jacket water heat exchanger is inspected for evidence of corrosion or buildup to manage loss of material and fouling on the tubes. Also, the engine exhaust piping and silencer are inspected for evidence of internal corrosion or cracking.8 Enhance the Fire Protection Program procedure for June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.13.1 /Halon system functional testing to state that the 2.06.003 Audit Item Halon 1301 flex hoses shall be replaced if leakage and 320 occurs during the system functional test. 2.06.057 9 Enhance Fire Water System Program procedures to June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.13.2 /include inspection of hose reels for corrosion.
 
2.06.003 Audit Item Acceptance criteria will be enhanced to verify no and 320 1 significant corrosion.
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.                             Letter Number: 2.07.027 Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station                               Page 3 cc: with Attachments Mr. Perry Buckberg                       Mr. Joseph Rogers Project Manager                         Commonwealth of Massachusetts Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation     Assistant Attorney General U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission       Division Chief, Utilities Division Washington, DC 20555-0001                 1 Ashburton Place Boston, MA 02108 Alicia Williamson                         Mr. Matthew Brock, Esq.
2.06.057 10 Enhance the Fire.Water System Program to state that June 8, 2012 Letters B. 1.13.2 /a sample of sprinkler heads will be inspected using 2.06.003 Audit Item guidance of NFPA 25 (2002 Edition) Section and 320 5.3.1.1.1.
Project Manager                           Commonwealth of Massachusetts Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation     Assistant Attorney General U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission       Environmental Protection Division Washington, DC 20555-0001                 One Ashburton Place Boston, MA 02108 Susan L. Uttal, Esq.                     Diane Curran, Esq.
NFPA 25 also contains guidance to repeat 2.06.057 this sampling every 10 years after initial field service testing.11 Enhance the Fire Water System Program to state that June 8, 2012 Letters B. 1.13.2 /wall thickness evaluations of fire protection piping will 2.06.003 Audit Item be performed on system components using non- and 320 intrusive techniques (e.g., volumetric testing) to 2.06.057 identify evidence of loss of material due to corrosion.
Office of the General Counsel             Harmon, Curran, and Eisenberg, L.L.P.
These inspections will be performed before the end of the current operating term and at intervals thereafter during the period of extended operation.
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission       1726 M Street N.W., Suite 600*
Results of the initial evaluations will be used to determine the appropriate inspection interval to ensure aging effects are identified prior to loss of intended function.12 Implement the Heat Exchanger Monitoring Program June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.15!as described in LRA Section B.1.15. 2.06.003 Audit Item and 320 2.06.057 2 COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section No./Comments 13 Enhance the Instrument Air Quality Program to June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.17/include a sample point in the standby gas treatment 2.06.003 Audit Item and torus vacuum breaker instrument air subsystem and 320 in addition to the instrument air header sample points. .2.06.057 14 Implement the Metal-Enclosed Bus Inspection June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.18 /Program as described in LRA Section B.1.18. 2.06.003 Audit Item and 320 2.06.057 15 Implement the Non-EQ Inaccessible Medium-Voltage June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.19/Cable Program as described in LRA Section B.1.19. 2.06.003 Audit items Include developing a formal procedure to inspect and 311,320 manholes for in-scope medium voltage cable. 2.06.057 16 Implement the Non-EQ Instrumentation Circuits Test June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.20/Review Program as described in LRA Section B.1.20. 2.06,003 Audit Item and 320 2.06.057 17 Implement the Non-EQ Insulated Cables and June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.21/Connections Program as described in LRA Section 2.06.003 Audit Item B.1.21. and 320 2.06.057 18 Enhance the Oil Analysis Program to periodically June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.22/change CRD pump lubricating oil. A particle count 2.06.003 Audit Item and check for water will be performed on the drained and 320 oil to detect evidence of abnormal wear rates, 2.06.057 contamination by moisture, or excessive corrosion.
Mail Stop 0-15 D21                       Washington, DC 20036 Washington, DC 20555-0001 Sheila Slocum Hollis, Esq.               Molly H. Bartlett, Esq.
19 Enhance Oil Analysis Program procedures for June 8,2012 Letters B.1.22 /security diesel and reactor water cleanup pump oil 2.06.003 Audit Item changes to obtain oil samples from the drained oil. and 320 Procedures for lubricating oil analysis will be 2.06.057 enhanced to specify that a particle count and check for water are performed on oil samples from the fire water )ump diesel, security diesel, and reactor water cleanup pumps.20 Implement the One-Time Inspection Program as June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.23/described in LRA Section B.1.23. 2.06.003 Audit Items and 219,320 2.06.057 and 2.07.023 21 Enharnce the Periodic Surveillance and Preventive June 8, 2012 Letters 8.1.24/Maintenance Program as necessary to assure that 2.06.003 Audit Item the effects of aging will be managed as described in and 320 LRA Section B.1.24. _2.06.057 3
Duane Morris LLP                          52 Crooked Lane 1667 K Street N.W., Suite 700             Duxbury, MA 02332 Washington, DC 20006 cc: without Attachments Mr. James S. Kim, Project Manager         Mr. Robert Walker, Director Division of Operating Reactor Licensing   Massachusetts Department of Public Health Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation     Radiation Control Program U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission       Schrafft Center, Suite 1 M2A One White Flint North 4D9A               529 Main Street 11555 Rockville Pike                     Charlestown, MA 02129 Rockville, MD 20852 Mr. Jack Strosnider, Director            Mr. Ken McBride, Director Office of Nuclear Material and Safeguards Massachusetts Energy Management Agency U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission       400 Worcester Road Washington, DC 20555-00001               Framingham, MA 01702 Mr. Samuel J. Collins, Administrator     Mr. James E. Dyer, Director Region I                                 Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission        U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 475 Allendale Road                       Washington, DC 20555-00001 King of Prussia, PA 19406 NRC Resident Inspector Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station
# COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section No./Comments 22 Enhance the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program to June 8, 2012 Letters, B.1.26 /proceduralize the data analysis, acceptance criteria, 2.06.003 Audit Item and corrective actions described in LRA Section and 320 B. 1.26. 2.06.057 23 Implement the Selective Leaching Program in June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.27 /accordance with the program as described in LRA 2.06.003 Audit Item Section B.1.27. and 320 2.06.057 24 Enhance the Service Water Integrity Program June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.28/procedure to clarify that heat transfer test results are 2.06.003 Audit Item trended. and 320 2.06.057 25 Enhance the Structures Monitoring Program June 8, 2012 Letters B. 1.29.2/procedure to clarify that the discharge structure, 2.06.003 Audit Items security diesel generator building, trenches, valve and 238, 320 pits, manholes, duct banks, underground fuel oil tank 2.06.057 foundations, manway seals and gaskets, hatch seals and gaskets, underwater concrete in the intake structure, and crane rails and girders are included in the program. In addition, the Structures Monitoring Program will be revised to require opportunistic inspections of inaccessible concrete areas when they become accessible.
 
26 Enhance Structures Monitoring Program guidance for June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.29.2 /performing structural examinations of elastomers 2.06.003 Audit Item (seals, gaskets, seismic joint filler, and roof and 320 elastomers) to identify cracking and change in 2.06.057 material properties.
ATTACHMENT A to Letter 2.07.027 (8 pages)
27 Enhance the Water Control Structures Monitoring June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.29.3/Program scope to include the east breakwater, jetties, 2.06.003 Audit Item and onshore revetments in addition to the main and 320 break~vater.
Revised List of Regulatory Commitments
2,06.057 28 Enhance System Walkdown Program guidance June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.30/documents to perform periodic system engineer 2.06.003 Audit Items inspections of systems in scope and subject to aging and 320, 327 management review for license renewal in 2.06.057 accordance with 10 CFR 54.4(a)(1) and (a)(3).Inspections shall include areas surrounding the subject systems to identify hazards to those systems.Inspections of nearby systems that could impact the subject systems will include SSCs that are in scope and subject to aging management review for license renewal in accordance with 10 CFR 54.4(a)(2).
-b
4 COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments 29 Implement the Thermal Aging and Neutron Irradiation June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.31 /Embrittlement of Cast Austenitic Stainless Steel 2.06.003 Audit Items (CASS) Program as described in LRA Section B.1.31. and 257, 320 2.06.057, 30 Perform a code repair of the CRD return line nozzle June 30, 2015 Letter B.1.3 / Audit to cap weld if the installed weld repair is not approved 2.06.057 Items 141, via accepted code cases, revised codes, or an 320 approved relief request for subsequent inspection intervals.
 
S31 At lea~st 2 years prior to entering the period of extended operation, for the locations identified in NUREG/CR-6260 for BWRs of the PNPS vintage, PNPS will implement one or more of the following:
Revised List of Regulatory Commitments The following table identifies those actions committed to by Entergy in this document.
(1) Refine the fatigue analyses to determine valid CUFs less than 1 when accounting for the effects of reactor water environment.
Any other statements in this submittal are provided for information purposes and are not considered to be regulatory commitments.
This includes applying the appropriate Fen factors to valid CUFs determined in accordance with one of the following:
COMMITMENT                        IMPLEMENTATION      SOURCE      Related SCHEDULE                LRA Section NoJ Comments Implement the Buried Piping and Tanks Inspection          June 8, 2012      Letters B.1.2 /Audit Program as described in LRA Section B.1.2.                                2.06.003 Item 320 and 2.06.057 2      Enhance the implementing procedure for ASME                June 8, 2012      Letters B.1.6 / Audit Section XI inservice inspection and testing to specify                    2.06.003 Item 320 that the guidelines in Generic Letter 88-01 or                                and approved BWRVIP-75 shall be considered in                                  2.06.057 determining sample expansion if indications are found in Generic Letter 88-01 welds.
1., For locations, including NUREG/CR-6260 locations, with existing fatigue analysis valid for the period of extended operation, use the existing CUF to determine the environmentally adjusted CUF.2. More limiting PNPS-specific locations with a valid CUF may be added in addition to the NUREG/CR-6260 locations.
3      Inspect fifteen (15) percent of the top guide locations  As stated in the Letters B.1.8 / Audit using enhanced visual inspection technique, EVT-1,          commitment. 2.06.003 Items 155, within'the first 18 years of the period of extended                            and        320 operation, with at least one-third of the inspections to                   2.06.057 be completed within the first six (6) years and at least                      and two-thirds within the first 12 years of the period of                      2.06.064 extended operations. Locations selected for                                    and examination will be areas that have exceeded the                           2.06.081 neutron fluence threshold.
: 3. Representative CUF values from other plants, adjusted to or enveloping the PNPS plant specific external loads may be used if demonstrated applicable to PNPS.4.orAn analysis using an NRC-approved version of the ASME code of NRC-approved alternative (e.g., NRC-approved code case) may be performed to determine a valid CUF.The determination of Fen will account for operating times with both hydrogen*
4    Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to              June 8, 2012    Letters    B.1.10 /
water chemistry and normal water chemistry.
include quarterly sampling of the security diesel                          2.06.003 Audit Items generator fuel storage tank. Particulates (filterable                          and     320, 566 solids), water and sediment checks will be performed                        2.06.057 on the samples. Filterable solids acceptance criteria                          and will be = 10 mg/l. Water and sediment acceptance                            2.06.089 criteria will be = 0.05%.
(2) Manage the effects of aging due to fatigue at the affected locations by an inspection program that has been reviewed and approved by the NRC (e.g., periodic non-destructive examination of the affected locations at inspection intervals to be determined by a method acceptable to the NRC).(3) Repair or replace the affected locations before exceeding a CUF of 1.0.Should PNPS select the option to manage the aging effects due to environmental-assisted fatigue during the period of extended operation, details of the aging management program such as scope, qualification, method, and frequency will be submitted to the NRC at least 2.years prior to the period of extended operation.
5    Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to               June 8, 2012     Letters   B.1.10/
June 8, 2012 June 8, 2010 for submitting the aging management program if PNPS selects the option of managing the affects of aging due to environmentally assisted fatigue.Letters 2.06.057 and 2.06.064 and 2.06.081 and 2.07.005 4.3.3 / Audit Items 302, 346 5 COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section No./Comments 32 Implement the enhanced Bolting Integrity Program June 8, 2012 Letters Audit items described in Attachment C of Pilgrim License 2.06.057 364, 373, Renewal Application Amendment 5 (Letter 2.06.064).
install instrumentation to monitor for leakage between                      2.06.003 Audit Items the two walls of the security diesel generator fuel                           and     155, 320 storagle tank to ensure that significant degradation is                    2.06.057 not occurring.
and 389, 390, 2.06.064 432, 443, and 470 2.06.081 33 PNPS will inspect the inaccessible jet pump thermal As stated in the Letter Audit Items sleeve and core spray thermal sleeve welds if and commitment.
6    Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to              June 8, 2012    Letters    6.1.10/
2.06.057 320, 488 when the necessary technique and equipment become available and the technique is demonstrated by the vendor, including delivery system.34 Within the first 6 years of the period of extended June 8, 2018 Letters Audit Items operation and every 12 years thereafter, PNPS will 2.06.057 320, 461 inspect the access hole covers with UT methods. and Alternatively, PNPS will inspect the access hole 2.06.089 covers in accordance with BWRVIP guidelines should such guidance become available.
specify acceptance criterion for UT measurements of                        2.06.003 Audit Items emergency diesel generator fuel storage tanks                                  and     165, 320 (T-126A&B).                                              _                  2.06.057, I
35 At least 2 years prior to entering the period of June 8, 2012 Letters Audit Item extended operation, for reactor vessel components, June 8, 2010 for 2.06.057 345 including the feedwater nozzles, PNPS will implement submitting the and one o( more of the following:
 
aging 2.06.064 (1) Refine the fatigue analyses to determine valid management and CUFs less than 1. Determine valid CUFs based on programif PNPS 2.06.081 numbers of transient cycles projected to be valid selects the for the period of extended operation.
#                            COMMITMENT                        IMPLEMENTATION  SOURCE    Related SCHEDULE            LRA Section NoJ Comments 7  Enhance Fire Protection Program procedures to state        June 8, 2012   Letters B.1.13.1 /
Determine option of CUFs in accordance with an NRC-approved managing the version of the ASME code or NRC-approved affects of aging.alternative (e.g., NRC-approved code case).(2) Manage the effects of aging due to fatigue at the affected locations by an inspection program that has been reviewed and approved by the NRC (e.g., periodic non-destructive examination of the affected locations at inspection intervals to be determined by a method acceptable to the NRC).(3) Repair of replace the affected locations before exceeding a CUF of 1.0.Should PNPS select the option to manage the aging effects due to fatigue during the period of extended operation, details of the aging management program such as scope, qualification, method, and frequency will be submitted to the NRC at least 2 years prior to the period of extended operation.
that the diesel engine sub-systems (including the fuel                  2.06.003 Audit Items supply line) shall be observed while the pump is                            and   320, 378 running. Acceptance criteria will be enhanced to                        2.06.057 verify that the diesel engine did not exhibit signs of                      and degradation while it was running; such as fuel oil,                     2.06.064 lube oil, coolant, or exhaust gas leakage. Also, enhance procedures to clarify that the diesel-driven fire pump engine is inspected for evidence of corrosion in the intake air, turbocharger, and jacket water.system components as well as lube oil cooler.
6 COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments 36 To ensure that significant degradation on the bottom June 8, 2012 Letter Audit Items of the condensate storage tank is not occurring, a 2.06.057 320, 363 one-time ultrasonic thickness examination in accessible areas of the bottom of the condensate storage tank will be performed.
The jacket water heat exchanger is inspected for evidence of corrosion or buildup to manage loss of material and fouling on the tubes. Also, the engine exhaust piping and silencer are inspected for evidence of internal corrosion or cracking.
Standard examination and sampling techniques will be utilized.37 The BWR Vessel Internals Program includes June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.8/inspections of the steam dryer. Inspections of the 2.06.089 Conference steam dryer will follow the guidelines of BWRVIP-139 call on and General Electric SIL 644 Rev. 1. September 25, 2006 38 Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to June 8, 2012 Letter B.1.10/include periodic ultrasonic thickness measurement of 2.06.089 Audit Item the bottom surface of the diesel fire pump day tank. 565 The first ultrasonic inspection of the bottom surface of the diesel fire pump day tank will occur prior to the period of extended operation, following engineering analysis to determine acceptance criteria and test locations.
8  Enhance the Fire Protection Program procedure for          June 8, 2012  Letters  B.1.13.1 /
Subsequent test intervals will be determined based on the first inspection results.39 a one-time inspection of the Main Stack June 8, 2012 Letter B.1.23 /foundation prior to the period of extended operation.
Halon system functional testing to state that the                      2.06.003  Audit Item Halon 1301 flex hoses shall be replaced if leakage                         and        320 occurs during the system functional test.                              2.06.057 9  Enhance Fire Water System Program procedures to           June 8, 2012  Letters B.1.13.2 /
2.06.094 Audit Item 581 40 Enhance the Oil Analysis Program by documenting June 8, 2012 Letter B.1.22 /program elements 1 through 7 in controlled 2.06.094 Audit Items documents.
include inspection of hose reels for corrosion.                         2.06.003  Audit Item Acceptance criteria will be enhanced to verify no                          and       320 1 significant corrosion.                                                  2.06.057 10  Enhance the Fire.Water System Program to state that        June 8, 2012  Letters B. 1.13.2 /
The program elements will include 553 and 589 enhancements identified in the PNPS license renewal application and subsequent amendments to the application.
a sample of sprinkler heads will be inspected using                      2.06.003 Audit Item guidance of NFPA 25 (2002 Edition) Section                                and       320 5.3.1.1.1. NFPA 25 also contains guidance to repeat                      2.06.057 this sampling every 10 years after initial field service testing.
The program will include periodic sampling for the parameters specified under the Parameters Monitored/Inspected attribute of NUREG-1801 Section XI.M39, Lubricating Oil Analysis.
11  Enhance the Fire Water System Program to state that      June 8, 2012   Letters B. 1.13.2 /
The controlled documents will specify appropriate acceptance criteria and corrective actions in the event acceptance criteria are not met. The basis for acceptance criteria will be defined.41 Enhance the Containment Inservice Inspection (CII) June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.17 and Progrqm to require augmented inspection in 2.06.094 B. 1.16.1 accordance with ASME Section XI IWE-1240, of the drywell shell adjacent to the sand cushion following indications of water leakage into the annulus air gap.42 Implement the Bolted Cable Connections Program, June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.40 and described in Attachment C of Pilgrim License 2.07.003 B.1.34 Renewal Application 11 (Letter 2.07.003), prior to the period of extended operation.
wall thickness evaluations of fire protection piping will                2.06.003 Audit Item be performed on system components using non-                                and        320 intrusive techniques (e.g., volumetric testing) to                      2.06.057 identify evidence of loss of material due to corrosion.
7 COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments 43 Include within the Structures Monitoring Program June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.32 and provisions to ensure groundwater samples are 2.07.005 B.1.29.2 evaluated periodically to assess the aggressiveness of groundwater to concrete, as described in Attachment E of LRA Amendment 12 (Letter 2.07.005), prior to the period of extended operation.
These inspections will be performed before the end of the current operating term and at intervals thereafter during the period of extended operation. Results of the initial evaluations will be used to determine the appropriate inspection interval to ensure aging effects are identified prior to loss of intended function.
44 Perform another set of the UT measurements just As stated in the Letter A.2.1.17 and above and adjacent to the sand cushion region prior commitment.
12  Implement the Heat Exchanger Monitoring Program            June 8, 2012  Letters  B.1.15!
2.07.010 B.1.16.1 to the period of extended operation and once within the first 10 years of the period of extended operation.
as described in LRA Section B.1.15.                                      2.06.003  Audit Item and      320 2.06.057 2
45 If groundwater continues to collect on the Torus As stated in the Letters A.2.1.32 and Room floor, obtain samples and test such water to commitment.
 
2.07.010 B.1.29.2 determine its pH and verify the water is non- and aggressive as defined in NUREG-1 801 Section IllI.A1 2.07.027 item II1.A.1-4 once prior to the period of extended operation and once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation.
COMMITMENT                      IMPLEMENTATION  SOURCE    Related SCHEDULE            LRA Section No./
46 Inspect the condition of a sample of the torus hold- June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.32 and down bolts and associated grout and determine 2.07.027 B.1.29.2 appropriate actions based on the findings prior to the period of extended operation.
Comments 13  Enhance the Instrument Air Quality Program to             June 8, 2012   Letters B.1.17/
47 Submit to the NRC an action plan to improve Sept.15, 2007 Letter 4.2.2, benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T 2.07.027 A.2.2.1.1, curves for Pilgrim. and A.2.2.1.2 48 On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the June 8, 2010 Letter 4.2, 4.7.1, NRC calculations consistent with Regulatory 2.07.027 A.1.1 and Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence A.2.2.1 values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
include a sample point in the standby gas treatment                      2.06.003 Audit Item and torus vacuum breaker instrument air subsystem                          and      320 in addition to the instrument air header sample points.                 .2.06.057 14  Implement the Metal-Enclosed Bus Inspection                June 8, 2012  Letters  B.1.18 /
8 ATTACHMENT B to Letter 2.07.027 (17 pages)Information in Response to the Open Items Listed in the Draft NRC SER, Including Associated LRA Amendments and License Condition I 01 2.3.3.6: (SER Section 2.3.3.6 -Security Diesel)LRA Table 2.3.3-6 shows the component types subject to an AMR but the security diesel system was not in the FSAR or in any license renewal drawings; therefore, the staff could not determine the portion of the security diesel system within the scope of license renewal.Additionally, the staff could not determine whether any components within the scope of license renewal were not shown as subject to an AMR. The staff referred this issue to NRC Region I who will determine whether security diesel system components are within the scope of license renewal.01 2.3.3.6 Response Entergy provided NRC Region I with support as requested.
Program as described in LRA Section B.1.18.                            2.06.003  Audit Item and       320 2.06.057 15  Implement the Non-EQ Inaccessible Medium-Voltage          June 8, 2012   Letters B.1.19/
207027 Page 1 of 17 01 3.0.3.2.10: (SER Section 3.0.3.2.10
Cable Program as described in LRA Section B.1.19.                       2.06.003 Audit items Include developing a formal procedure to inspect                          and    311,320 manholes for in-scope medium voltage cable.                            2.06.057 16  Implement the Non-EQ Instrumentation Circuits Test        June 8, 2012   Letters B.1.20/
-Fire Protection Program)The applicant is taking an exception to the GALL Report program element "detection of aging effects," specifically:
Review Program as described in LRA Section B.1.20.                      2.06,003 Audit Item and       320 2.06.057 17  Implement the Non-EQ Insulated Cables and                  June 8, 2012   Letters B.1.21/
The NUREG-1 801 program states that approximately 10 percent of each type of penetration seal should be visually inspected at least once every refueling outage. The PNPS program specifies inspection of approximately 20 percent of the seals each operating cycle, with all accessible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles.The LRA states that, because aging effects typically are manifested over several years, this variation in inspection frequency is insignificant.
Connections Program as described in LRA Section                         2.06.003 Audit Item B.1.21.                                                                    and       320 2.06.057 18  Enhance the Oil Analysis Program to periodically          June 8, 2012   Letters B.1.22/
GALL AMP XI.M26 specifies approximately 10 percent of each type of seal should be inspected visually at least every refueling outage (two years). The applicant clarified that the program specifies inspection of approximately 20 percent of the seals, including at least one seal of each type, each operating cycle, with all accessible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles. The applicant needs to address how to manage the aging effect of inaccessible fire barrier penetration seals.01 3.0.3.2.10 Response The PNPS requirement to inspect penetration seals applies to 100% of the seals. The word"accessible" is not necessary in the discussion of the exception for Detection of Aging Effects in the PNPS program. All fire barrier penetration seals are inspected at least once every five operating cycles. In LRA Appendix B, Section B.1.13.1, the word "accessible" is removed resulting in the following description of the exception for Detection of Aging Effects.The NUREG-1 801 program states that approximately 10% of each type of penetration seal should be visually inspected at least once-every refueling outage. The PNPS program specifies inspection of approximately 20% of the seals each operating cycle, with all aGeeSeible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles.207027 Page 2 of 17 01 3.0.3.3.2: (SER Section 3.0.3.3.2
change CRD pump lubricating oil. A particle count                      2.06.003 Audit Item and check for water will be performed on the drained                      and      320 oil to detect evidence of abnormal wear rates,                          2.06.057 contamination by moisture, or excessive corrosion.
-Containment Inservice Inspection and Section 3.5.2.2.1
19  Enhance Oil Analysis Program procedures for                June 8,2012   Letters B.1.22 /
-PWR and BWR Containments)
security diesel and reactor water cleanup pump oil                      2.06.003 Audit Item changes to obtain oil samples from the drained oil.                        and       320 Procedures for lubricating oil analysis will be                        2.06.057 enhanced to specify that a particle count and check for water are performed on oil samples from the fire water )ump diesel, security diesel, and reactor water cleanup pumps.
20  Implement the One-Time Inspection Program as              June 8, 2012   Letters B.1.23/
described in LRA Section B.1.23.                                        2.06.003 Audit Items and    219,320 2.06.057 and 2.07.023 21  Enharnce the Periodic Surveillance and Preventive          June 8, 2012   Letters   8.1.24/
Maintenance Program as necessary to assure that                          2.06.003 Audit Item the effects of aging will be managed as described in                        and       320 LRA Section B.1.24.                                      _2.06.057 3
 
#                          COMMITMENT                        IMPLEMENTATION  SOURCE      Related SCHEDULE            LRA Section No./
Comments 22  Enhance the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program to        June 8, 2012 LettersB.1.26 /
proceduralize the data analysis, acceptance criteria,                  2.06.003 Audit Item and corrective actions described in LRA Section                            and        320 B. 1.26.                                                                2.06.057 23  Implement the Selective Leaching Program in                June 8, 2012 Letters   B.1.27 /
accordance with the program as described in LRA                         2.06.003  Audit Item Section B.1.27.                                                           and        320 2.06.057 24  Enhance the Service Water Integrity Program                June 8, 2012 Letters   B.1.28/
procedure to clarify that heat transfer test results are                2.06.003 Audit Item trended.                                                                  and        320 2.06.057 25  Enhance the Structures Monitoring Program                 June 8, 2012 Letters B. 1.29.2/
procedure to clarify that the discharge structure,                     2.06.003 Audit Items security diesel generator building, trenches, valve                        and     238, 320 pits, manholes, duct banks, underground fuel oil tank                  2.06.057 foundations, manway seals and gaskets, hatch seals and gaskets, underwater concrete in the intake structure, and crane rails and girders are included in the program. In addition, the Structures Monitoring Program will be revised to require opportunistic inspections of inaccessible concrete areas when they become accessible.
26  Enhance Structures Monitoring Program guidance for        June 8, 2012  Letters  B.1.29.2 /
performing structural examinations of elastomers                        2.06.003  Audit Item (seals, gaskets, seismic joint filler, and roof                            and        320 elastomers) to identify cracking and change in                          2.06.057 material properties.
27 Enhance the Water Control Structures Monitoring            June 8, 2012   Letters B.1.29.3/
Program scope to include the east breakwater, jetties,                  2.06.003 Audit Item and onshore revetments in addition to the main                              and        320 break~vater.                                                            2,06.057 28 Enhance System Walkdown Program guidance                  June 8, 2012   Letters   B.1.30/
documents to perform periodic system engineer                            2.06.003 Audit Items inspections of systems in scope and subject to aging                        and     320, 327 management review for license renewal in                                2.06.057 accordance with 10 CFR 54.4(a)(1) and (a)(3).
Inspections shall include areas surrounding the subject systems to identify hazards to those systems.
Inspections of nearby systems that could impact the subject systems will include SSCs that are in scope and subject to aging management review for license renewal in accordance with 10 CFR 54.4(a)(2).
4
 
COMMITMENT                          IMPLEMENTATION    SOURCE      Related SCHEDULE                LRA Section NoJ Comments 29  Implement the Thermal Aging and Neutron Irradiation                June 8, 2012    Letters    B.1.31 /
Embrittlement of Cast Austenitic Stainless Steel                                  2.06.003 Audit Items (CASS) Program as described in LRA Section B.1.31.                                    and      257, 320 2.06.057, 30  Perform a code repair of the CRD return line nozzle                June 30, 2015    Letter B.1.3 / Audit to cap weld if the installed weld repair is not approved                          2.06.057 Items 141, via accepted code cases, revised codes, or an                                                    320 approved relief request for subsequent inspection intervals.
S31  At lea~st 2 years prior to entering the period of                  June 8, 2012   Letters 4.3.3 / Audit extended operation, for the locations identified in                               2.06.057   Items 302, NUREG/CR-6260 for BWRs of the PNPS vintage,                                          and        346 PNPS will implement one or more of the following:                June 8, 2010 for 2.06.064 (1) Refine the fatigue analyses to determine valid CUFs            submitting the    and less than 1 when accounting for the effects of reactor water            aging      2.06.081 environment. This includes applying the appropriate Fen            management        and factors to valid CUFs determined in accordance with one of       program if PNPS 2.07.005 the following:                                                      selects the 1., For locations, including NUREG/CR-6260 locations, with      option of existing fatigue analysis valid for the period of extended    managing the operation, use the existing CUF to determine the            affects of aging environmentally adjusted CUF.                                    due to
: 2. More limiting PNPS-specific locations with a valid CUF  environmentally may be added in addition to the NUREG/CR-6260 locations. assisted fatigue.
: 3. Representative CUF values from other plants, adjusted to or enveloping the PNPS plant specific external loads may be used ifdemonstrated applicable to PNPS.
4.orAn analysis using an NRC-approved version of the ASME code of NRC-approved alternative (e.g., NRC-approved code case) may be performed to determine a valid CUF.
The determination of Fen will account for operating times with both hydrogen* water chemistry and normal water chemistry.
(2) Manage the effects of aging due to fatigue at the affected locations by an inspection program that has been reviewed and approved by the NRC (e.g., periodic non-destructive examination of the affected locations at inspection intervals to be determined by a method acceptable to the NRC).
(3) Repair or replace the affected locations before exceeding a CUF of 1.0.
Should PNPS select the option to manage the aging effects due to environmental-assisted fatigue during the period of extended operation, details of the aging management program such as scope, qualification, method, and frequency will be submitted to the NRC at least 2.years prior to the period of extended operation.
5
 
COMMITMENT                        IMPLEMENTATION    SOURCE    Related SCHEDULE              LRA Section No./
Comments 32  Implement the enhanced Bolting Integrity Program            June 8, 2012    Letters Audit items described in Attachment C of Pilgrim License                                2.06.057 364, 373, Renewal Application Amendment 5 (Letter 2.06.064).                             and   389, 390, 2.06.064 432, 443, and      470 2.06.081 33  PNPS will inspect the inaccessible jet pump thermal        As stated in the Letter Audit Items sleeve and core spray thermal sleeve welds if and            commitment. 2.06.057 320, 488 when the necessary technique and equipment become available and the technique is demonstrated by the vendor, including delivery system.
34  Within the first 6 years of the period of extended           June 8, 2018    Letters Audit Items operation and every 12 years thereafter, PNPS will                           2.06.057 320, 461 inspect the access hole covers with UT methods.                                and Alternatively, PNPS will inspect the access hole                            2.06.089 covers in accordance with BWRVIP guidelines should such guidance become available.
35  At least 2 years prior to entering the period of            June 8, 2012    Letters Audit Item extended operation, for reactor vessel components,        June 8, 2010 for 2.06.057    345 including the feedwater nozzles, PNPS will implement        submitting the    and one o( more of the following:                                    aging      2.06.064 (1) Refine the fatigue analyses to determine valid      management        and CUFs less than 1. Determine valid CUFs based on programif PNPS 2.06.081 numbers of transient cycles projected to be valid    selects the for the period of extended operation. Determine        option of CUFs in accordance with an NRC-approved            managing the version of the ASME code or NRC-approved          affects of aging.
alternative (e.g., NRC-approved code case).
(2) Manage the effects of aging due to fatigue at the affected locations by an inspection program that has been reviewed and approved by the NRC (e.g., periodic non-destructive examination of the affected locations at inspection intervals to be determined by a method acceptable to the NRC).
(3) Repair of replace the affected locations before exceeding a CUF of 1.0.
Should PNPS select the option to manage the aging effects due to fatigue during the period of extended operation, details of the aging management program such as scope, qualification, method, and frequency will be submitted to the NRC at least 2 years prior to the period of extended operation.
6
 
COMMITMENT                        IMPLEMENTATION  SOURCE    Related SCHEDULE              LRA Section NoJ Comments 36  To ensure that significant degradation on the bottom      June 8, 2012    Letter Audit Items of the condensate storage tank is not occurring, a                      2.06.057 320, 363 one-time ultrasonic thickness examination in accessible areas of the bottom of the condensate storage tank will be performed. Standard examination and sampling techniques will be utilized.
37  The BWR Vessel Internals Program includes                June 8, 2012    Letter  A.2.1.8/
inspections of the steam dryer. Inspections of the                     2.06.089 Conference steam dryer will follow the guidelines of BWRVIP-139                                call on and General Electric SIL 644 Rev. 1.                                             September 25, 2006 38  Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to             June 8, 2012   Letter    B.1.10/
include periodic ultrasonic thickness measurement of                  2.06.089  Audit Item the bottom surface of the diesel fire pump day tank.                                  565 The first ultrasonic inspection of the bottom surface of the diesel fire pump day tank will occur prior to the period of extended operation, following engineering analysis to determine acceptance criteria and test locations. Subsequent test intervals will be determined based on the first inspection results.
39  Perfo*rm a one-time inspection of the Main Stack          June 8, 2012    Letter  B.1.23 /
foundation prior to the period of extended operation.                   2.06.094  Audit Item 581 40  Enhance the Oil Analysis Program by documenting            June 8, 2012    Letter  B.1.22 /
program elements 1 through 7 in controlled                              2.06.094 Audit Items documents. The program elements will include                                      553 and 589 enhancements identified in the PNPS license renewal application and subsequent amendments to the application. The program will include periodic sampling for the parameters specified under the Parameters Monitored/Inspected attribute of NUREG-1801 Section XI.M39, Lubricating Oil Analysis. The controlled documents will specify appropriate acceptance criteria and corrective actions in the event acceptance criteria are not met. The basis for acceptance criteria will be defined.
41  Enhance the Containment Inservice Inspection (CII)        June 8, 2012   Letter A.2.1.17 and Progrqm to require augmented inspection in                              2.06.094 B. 1.16.1 accordance with ASME Section XI IWE-1240, of the drywell shell adjacent to the sand cushion following indications of water leakage into the annulus air gap.
42  Implement the Bolted Cable Connections Program,          June 8, 2012   Letter A.2.1.40 and described in Attachment C of Pilgrim License                            2.07.003    B.1.34 Renewal Application 11 (Letter 2.07.003), prior to the period of extended operation.
7
 
COMMITMENT                      IMPLEMENTATION    SOURCE    Related SCHEDULE                LRA Section NoJ Comments 43  Include within the Structures Monitoring Program        June 8, 2012     Letter A.2.1.32 and provisions to ensure groundwater samples are                              2.07.005  B.1.29.2 evaluated periodically to assess the aggressiveness of groundwater to concrete, as described in Attachment E of LRA Amendment 12 (Letter 2.07.005), prior to the period of extended operation.
44 Perform another set of the UT measurements just          As stated in the Letter A.2.1.17 and above and adjacent to the sand cushion region prior      commitment. 2.07.010 B.1.16.1 to the period of extended operation and once within the first 10 years of the period of extended operation.
45 If groundwater continues to collect on the Torus        As stated in the Letters A.2.1.32 and Room floor, obtain samples and test such water to         commitment. 2.07.010 B.1.29.2 determine its pH and verify the water is non-                                and aggressive as defined in NUREG-1 801 Section IllI.A1                      2.07.027 item II1.A.1-4 once prior to the period of extended operation and once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation.
46 Inspect the condition of a sample of the torus hold-      June 8, 2012     Letter A.2.1.32 and down bolts and associated grout and determine                            2.07.027 B.1.29.2 appropriate actions based on the findings prior to the period of extended operation.
47 Submit to the NRC an action plan to improve              Sept.15, 2007      Letter     4.2.2, benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T                          2.07.027  A.2.2.1.1, curves for Pilgrim.                                                                     and A.2.2.1.2 48 On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the     June 8, 2010      Letter 4.2, 4.7.1, NRC calculations consistent with Regulatory                              2.07.027  A.1.1 and Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence                                  A.2.2.1 values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
8
 
ATTACHMENT B to Letter 2.07.027 (17 pages)
Information in Response to the Open Items Listed in the Draft NRC SER, Including Associated LRA Amendments and License Condition I
 
01 2.3.3.6: (SER Section 2.3.3.6 - Security Diesel)
LRA Table 2.3.3-6 shows the component types subject to an AMR but the security diesel system was not in the FSAR or in any license renewal drawings; therefore, the staff could not determine the portion of the security diesel system within the scope of license renewal.
Additionally, the staff could not determine whether any components within the scope of license renewal were not shown as subject to an AMR. The staff referred this issue to NRC Region I who will determine whether security diesel system components are within the scope of license renewal.
01 2.3.3.6 Response Entergy provided NRC Region I with support as requested.
207027 Page 1 of 17
 
01 3.0.3.2.10: (SER Section 3.0.3.2.10 - Fire Protection Program)
The applicant is taking an exception to the GALL Report program element "detection of aging effects," specifically:
The NUREG-1 801 program states that approximately 10 percent of each type of penetration seal should be visually inspected at least once every refueling outage. The PNPS program specifies inspection of approximately 20 percent of the seals each operating cycle, with all accessible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles.
The LRA states that, because aging effects typically are manifested over several years, this variation in inspection frequency is insignificant. GALL AMP XI.M26 specifies approximately 10 percent of each type of seal should be inspected visually at least every refueling outage (two years). The applicant clarified that the program specifies inspection of approximately 20 percent of the seals, including at least one seal of each type, each operating cycle, with all accessible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles. The applicant needs to address how to manage the aging effect of inaccessible fire barrier penetration seals.
01 3.0.3.2.10 Response The PNPS requirement to inspect penetration seals applies to 100% of the seals. The word "accessible" is not necessary in the discussion of the exception for Detection of Aging Effects in the PNPS program. All fire barrier penetration seals are inspected at least once every five operating cycles. In LRA Appendix B, Section B.1.13.1, the word "accessible" is removed resulting in the following description of the exception for Detection of Aging Effects.
The NUREG-1 801 program states that approximately 10% of each type of penetration seal should be visually inspected at least once-every refueling outage. The PNPS program specifies inspection of approximately 20% of the seals each operating cycle, with all aGeeSeible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles.
207027 Page 2 of 17
 
01 3.0.3.3.2: (SER Section 3.0.3.3.2 - Containment Inservice Inspection and Section 3.5.2.2.1 -
PWR and BWR Containments)
A recent NRC Region 1 inspection team observations indicated the following:
A recent NRC Region 1 inspection team observations indicated the following:
* The flow switch in the bellows rupture drain had failed its surveillance in December 2005 and has not been fixed or evaluated.
* The flow switch in the bellows rupture drain had failed its surveillance in December 2005 and has not been fixed or evaluated. In addition, the flow switch also failed in 1999.
In addition, the flow switch also failed in 1999.* Monitoring of other drains has been inconclusive and not well documented.
* Monitoring of other drains has been inconclusive and not well documented.
* The torus room floor has had water on the floor on multiple occasions.
* The torus room floor has had water on the floor on multiple occasions.
In Request for'Additional Information (RAI) B.1.16.1, dated November 7, 2006, the applicant was asked to address the above finding and discuss the impact on the aging management of potential loss of material due to corrosion in the inaccessible area of the Mark I steel containment drywell shell, basemat, including the sand pocket region for the period of extended operation.
In Request for'Additional Information (RAI) B.1.16.1, dated November 7, 2006, the applicant was asked to address the above finding and discuss the impact on the aging management of potential loss of material due to corrosion in the inaccessible area of the Mark I steel containment drywell shell, basemat, including the sand pocket region for the period of extended operation.
01 3.0.3.3.2 Response Entergy letter dated March 13, 2007 provided information to address this open item and RAI B.1.16.1.
01 3.0.3.3.2 Response Entergy letter dated March 13, 2007 provided information to address this open item and RAI B.1.16.1. With regard to the issue of water on the torus room floor, Attachment D to this letter contains a report prepared by a consultant to Entergy that provides a detailed evaluation of the groundwater seepage through the concrete basemat.
With regard to the issue of water on the torus room floor, Attachment D to this letter contains a report prepared by a consultant to Entergy that provides a detailed evaluation of the groundwater seepage through the concrete basemat.Commitments 43, 45, and 46 will be implemented to address this issue. Commitment 45 made in the March 13, 2007 Entergy letter is revised by this letter to require it be performed once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation in addition to it being performed once prior to the period of extended operation.
Commitments 43, 45, and 46 will be implemented to address this issue. Commitment 45 made in the March 13, 2007 Entergy letter is revised by this letter to require it be performed once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation in addition to it being performed once prior to the period of extended operation. Commitment 46 is added by this letter. These commitments are listed in Attachment A to this letter and read as follows:
Commitment 46 is added by this letter. These commitments are listed in Attachment A to this letter and read as follows: 43 Include within the Structures Monitoring Program provisions to ensure groundwater samples are evaluated periodically to assess the aggressiveness of groundwater to concrete, as described in Attachment E of LRA Amendment 12 (Letter 2.07.005), prior to the period of extended operation.
43       Include within the Structures Monitoring Program provisions to ensure groundwater samples are evaluated periodically to assess the aggressiveness of groundwater to concrete, as described in Attachment E of LRA Amendment 12 (Letter 2.07.005), prior to the period of extended operation.
45 If groundwater continues to collect on the Torus Room floor, obtain samples and test such water to determine its pH and verify the water is non-aggressive as defined in NUREG-1801 Section IllI.A1 item II1.A.1-4 once prior to the period of extended operation and once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation.
45       If groundwater continues to collect on the Torus Room floor, obtain samples and test such water to determine its pH and verify the water is non-aggressive as defined in NUREG-1801 Section IllI.A1 item II1.A.1-4 once prior to the period of extended operation and once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation.
46 Inspect the condition of a sample of the torus hold-down bolts and associated grout and determine appropriate actions based on the findings prior to the period of extended operation.
46       Inspect the condition of a sample of the torus hold-down bolts and associated grout and determine appropriate actions based on the findings prior to the period of extended operation.
207027 Page 3 of 17 01 4.2: (SER Sections:
207027 Page 3 of 17
3.0.3.2.15  
 
-Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program, 4.2 -Reactor Vessel Neutron Embrittlement, 4.7.1 -Reflood Thermal Shock of the Reactor Vessel Internals, 4.7.2.1 BWRVIP-05, Reactor Vessel Circumferential Welds)Due to the lack of benchmarking data in support of the plant-specific RAMA fluence calculations, the staff finds neutron fluence values unacceptable for use in the reactor vessel neutron embrittlement TLAAs.01 4.2 Response 01 4.2 was clarified by the NRC in a request for additional information (RAI) transmitted in a letter dated March 26, 2007. The RAIs and responses are provided below.RAI# 4.2 1. Fluence was calculated for the Pilgrim reactor vessel (RV) for the extended 60-year licensed operating period (54 effective full power years (EFPY) of facility operation), using the Radiation Analysis Modeling Application (RAMA) fluence methodology.
01 4.2: (SER Sections: 3.0.3.2.15 - Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program, 4.2 - Reactor Vessel Neutron Embrittlement, 4.7.1 - Reflood Thermal Shock of the Reactor Vessel Internals, 4.7.2.1 BWRVIP-05, Reactor Vessel Circumferential Welds)
The RAMA fluence methodology was previously approved by the NRC staff, and the results are acceptable for licensing actions provided that: (1) the RAMA application follows the guidance in Regulatory Guide 1.190 and (2) RV fluence calculations have at least one credible plant-specific surveillance capsule for benchmarking.
Due to the lack of benchmarking data in support of the plant-specific RAMA fluence calculations, the staff finds neutron fluence values unacceptable for use in the reactor vessel neutron embrittlement TLAAs.
The applicant provided 54 EFPY fluence values for the Pilgrim RV beltline materials in Section 4.2.1 of the License Renewal Application (LRA). These fluence values were used throughout Section 4.2 of the LRA for the RV neutron embrittlement time limited aging analyses (TLAAs). However, due to the lack of a credible plant-specific benchmark, the staff finds the 54 EFPY fluence values provided in LRA Section 4.2.1 unacceptable for use in the RV neutron embrittlement TLAAs. Therefore, the staff requests that the applicant revise Section 4.2.1 of the LRA to provide an acceptable neutron fluence evaluation or an alternative proposal for closing this TLAA topic in the LRA review.2. Due to the lack of benchmarking data in-support of the plant-specific RAMA fluence calculations, the staff cannot complete its review of the TLAAs in LRA Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6 and 4.7.1, as well as the aging management program (AMP) on the RV material surveillance program, using the current fluence values for the Pilgrim RV that were provided in LRA Section 4.2.1. Therefore, the staff requests that the applicant revise LRA Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.3,4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6, 4.7.1, and the AMP on the RV material surveillance program to provide an acceptable evaluation of these topics or an alternative proposal for closing these topics in the LRA review.Response The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the Pilgrim reactor vessel and internals.
01 4.2 Response 01 4.2 was clarified by the NRC in a request for additional information (RAI) transmitted in a letter dated March 26, 2007. The RAIs and responses are provided below.
The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry.
RAI# 4.2
Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy.
: 1.     Fluence was calculated for the Pilgrim reactor vessel (RV) for the extended 60-year licensed operating period (54 effective full power years (EFPY) of facility operation),
To ensure resolution of this issue, Commitment 47, which reads as follows, is added by this letter.207027 Page 4 of 17 47 On or before September 15, 2007 submit to the NRC an action plan to improve benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T curves for Pilgrim.To address this issue, an alternative analysis is provided as a means to close this TLAA topic in the LRA review. To address fluence-related TLAAs for the period of extended operation, Entergy has evaluated the affected TLAAs to determine the limiting fluence value. The evaluation included information presented in LRA sections 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6, 4.7.1, and the AMP on the RV material surveillance program. From this evaluation the limiting fluence was determined.
using the Radiation Analysis Modeling Application (RAMA) fluence methodology. The RAMA fluence methodology was previously approved by the NRC staff, and the results are acceptable for licensing actions provided that: (1) the RAMA application follows the guidance in Regulatory Guide 1.190 and (2) RV fluence calculations have at least one credible plant-specific surveillance capsule for benchmarking.
The alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value is included as Attachment E.This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties.
The applicant provided 54 EFPY fluence values for the Pilgrim RV beltline materials in Section 4.2.1 of the License Renewal Application (LRA). These fluence values were used throughout Section 4.2 of the LRA for the RV neutron embrittlement time limited aging analyses (TLAAs). However, due to the lack of a credible plant-specific benchmark, the staff finds the 54 EFPY fluence values provided in LRA Section 4.2.1 unacceptable for use in the RV neutron embrittlement TLAAs. Therefore, the staff requests that the applicant revise Section 4.2.1 of the LRA to provide an acceptable neutron fluence evaluation or an alternative proposal for closing this TLAA topic in the LRA review.
Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered.
: 2.     Due to the lack of benchmarking data in-support of the plant-specific RAMA fluence calculations, the staff cannot complete its review of the TLAAs in LRA Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6 and 4.7.1, as well as the aging management program (AMP) on the RV material surveillance program, using the current fluence values for the Pilgrim RV that were provided in LRA Section 4.2.1. Therefore, the staff requests that the applicant revise LRA Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.3,4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6, 4.7.1, and the AMP on the RV material surveillance program to provide an acceptable evaluation of these topics or an alternative proposal for closing these topics in the LRA review.
By assuming increasing fluence levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria.
 
This analysis also shows that there is a large margin available to this limiting fluence at the end of the period of extended operation.
===Response===
The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400 that requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed increasing fluence and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the Pilgrim reactor vessel and internals. The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry. Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy. To ensure resolution of this issue, Commitment 47, which reads as follows, is added by this letter.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures arerequired to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
207027 Page 4 of 17
The maximum starting temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F with a corresponding maximum allowable 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2.If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for all fluence-related TLAAs. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that all of the fluence-relatedTLAAs remain valid, Commitment 48, which reads as follows, is added by this letter.On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the NRC calculations consistent 48 with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
 
47     On or before September 15, 2007 submit to the NRC an action plan to improve benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T curves for Pilgrim.
To address this issue, an alternative analysis is provided as a means to close this TLAA topic in the LRA review. To address fluence-related TLAAs for the period of extended operation, Entergy has evaluated the affected TLAAs to determine the limiting fluence value. The evaluation included information presented in LRA sections 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6, 4.7.1, and the AMP on the RV material surveillance program. From this evaluation the limiting fluence was determined.
The alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value is included as Attachment E.
This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties. Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered. By assuming increasing fluence levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria. This analysis also shows that there is a large margin available to this limiting fluence at the end of the period of extended operation.
The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400 that requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed increasing fluence and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures arerequired to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum starting temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F with a corresponding maximum allowable 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for all fluence-related TLAAs. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that all of the fluence-relatedTLAAs remain valid, Commitment 48, which reads as follows, is added by this letter.
On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the NRC calculations consistent 48     with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
Entergy would find it acceptable if this commitment became a license condition.
Entergy would find it acceptable if this commitment became a license condition.
It should be noted that at the ACRS meeting on April 4, 2007, reference was made to EPRI research that investigated the irradiated behavior of stainless steel components in order to predict service life. Further review has shown that the predictions of service life related to fluence are not directly relevant in this case. The core shroud and the top guide are components that are susceptible to aging effects. However, a review of the analyses related to the core shroud found that the only time-limited aging analysis (TLAA) involves the fatigue analysis and calculation of cumulative usage factors (CUFs) for the shroud repair. The core shroud does not 207027 Page 5 of 17 affect the oper&ting P-T limit curves and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the core shroud structure.
It should be noted that at the ACRS meeting on April 4, 2007, reference was made to EPRI research that investigated the irradiated behavior of stainless steel components in order to predict service life. Further review has shown that the predictions of service life related to fluence are not directly relevant in this case. The core shroud and the top guide are components that are susceptible to aging effects. However, a review of the analyses related to the core shroud found that the only time-limited aging analysis (TLAA) involves the fatigue analysis and calculation of cumulative usage factors (CUFs) for the shroud repair. The core shroud does not 207027 Page 5 of 17
Similarly, the top guide does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the top guide structure.
 
affect the oper&ting P-T limit curves and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the core shroud structure. Similarly, the top guide does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the top guide structure.
PNPS has re-evaluated the neutron embrittlement issues of Sections 4.2 and 4.7.1 and prepared revised LRA sections below. The Reactor Vessel Material Surveillance Program, with the changes to the fluence extrapolation, is correct as written, and no changes to Appendix B, Section B.1.26 are necessary.
PNPS has re-evaluated the neutron embrittlement issues of Sections 4.2 and 4.7.1 and prepared revised LRA sections below. The Reactor Vessel Material Surveillance Program, with the changes to the fluence extrapolation, is correct as written, and no changes to Appendix B, Section B.1.26 are necessary.
LRA Amendments
LRA Amendments 4.2 REACTOR VESSEL NEUTRON EMBRITTLEMENT The regulations governing reactor vessel integrity are in 10 CFR 50. Section 50.60 requires that all light-water reactors meet the fracture toughness, pressure-temperature limits, and material surveillance program requirements for the reactor coolant pressure boundary as set forth in 10 CFR 50 Appenrices G and H.
The PNPS current licensing basis analyses evaluating reduction of fracture toughness of the PNPS reactor vessel for 40 years are TLAA. The reactor vessel neutron embrittlement TLAA has been projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii) as summarized below. Fifty-four effective full-power years (EFPY) are projected for the end of the period of extended operation (60 years) assuming an average capacity factor of 90% for 60 years.
4.2.1 Reactor Vessel Fluence Calculated fluence is based on a time-limited assumption defined by the operating term. As such, fluence is the time-limited assumption for the time-limited aging analyses that evaluate reactor vessel neutron embrittlement.
Fluence values were calculated using the RAMA fluence methodology. The RAMA fluence methodology was developed for the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. and the boiling water reactor vessel and internals project (BWRVIP) for the purpose of calculating neutron fluence in boiling water reactor components. This methodology has been approved by the NRC (Reference 4.2-20) for application in accordance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.190; assuming the results are appropriately benchmarked.
The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the Pilgrim reactor vessel. The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry. Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy. Commitment 47 requires a plan for resolving this discrepancy to be developed and submitted for review by September 2007.
An alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value has been performed. This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties. Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered. By assuming increasing fluence 207027 Page 6 of 17


===4.2 REACTOR===
levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria.
VESSEL NEUTRON EMBRITTLEMENT The regulations governing reactor vessel integrity are in 10 CFR 50. Section 50.60 requires that all light-water reactors meet the fracture toughness, pressure-temperature limits, and material surveillance program requirements for the reactor coolant pressure boundary as set forth in 10 CFR 50 Appenrices G and H.The PNPS current licensing basis analyses evaluating reduction of fracture toughness of the PNPS reactor vessel for 40 years are TLAA. The reactor vessel neutron embrittlement TLAA has been projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii) as summarized below. Fifty-four effective full-power years (EFPY) are projected for the end of the period of extended operation (60 years) assuming an average capacity factor of 90% for 60 years.4.2.1 Reactor Vessel Fluence Calculated fluence is based on a time-limited assumption defined by the operating term. As such, fluence is the time-limited assumption for the time-limited aging analyses that evaluate reactor vessel neutron embrittlement.
The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The-vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature starting for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2. This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.
Fluence values were calculated using the RAMA fluence methodology.
The RAMA fluence methodology was developed for the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. and the boiling water reactor vessel and internals project (BWRVIP) for the purpose of calculating neutron fluence in boiling water reactor components.
This methodology has been approved by the NRC (Reference 4.2-20) for application in accordance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.190; assuming the results are appropriately benchmarked.
The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the Pilgrim reactor vessel. The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry.
Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy.
Commitment 47 requires a plan for resolving this discrepancy to be developed and submitted for review by September 2007.An alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value has been performed.
This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties.
Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered.
By assuming increasing fluence 207027 Page 6 of 17 levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria.The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The-vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
The maximum temperature starting for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2.This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for all fluence-related TLAAs. Commitment 48 is to confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that all of the fluence-related TLAAs will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for all fluence-related TLAAs. Commitment 48 is to confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that all of the fluence-related TLAAs will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation.
At PNPS, the limiting beltline material for 40 years consists of 6 plates and their connecting welds, all adjacent to the active fuel zone. No nozzles are included in the limiting beltline materials for the current term of operation (Reference 4.2-2).The beltline will be re-evaluated for 60 years. An evaluation of the RTNDT for nozzle forgings and welds is expected to show that their adjusted reference temperature at 54 EFPY will be well below the adjusted reference temperatures used in determining the P-T limits. Thus, the nozzle forgings and welds are not expected to be the limiting items for the period of extended operation.
At PNPS, the limiting beltline material for 40 years consists of 6 plates and their connecting welds, all adjacent to the active fuel zone. No nozzles are included in the limiting beltline materials for the current term of operation (Reference 4.2-2).
4.2.2 Pressure-Temperature Limits Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel boltup, hydrotest, pressure tests, normal operation, and anticipated operational occurrences be accomplished within established pressure-temperature (P-T) limits. These limits are established by calculations that utilize the materials and fluence data obtained through the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program.Pilgrim received License Amendment 227 dated March 29, 2007 that extended the existing P-T limit curves for Pilgrim through Cycle 18.The P-T limit cirves will continue to be updated, as required by Appendix G of 10 CFR Part 50 or as operational needs dictate. This updating will assure that the operational limits remain valid through the period of extended operation.
The beltline will be re-evaluated for 60 years. An evaluation of the RTNDT for nozzle forgings and welds is expected to show that their adjusted reference temperature at 54 EFPY will be well below the adjusted reference temperatures used in determining the P-T limits. Thus, the nozzle forgings and welds are not expected to be the limiting items for the period of extended operation.
Maintaining the P-T limit curves in accordance with Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 assures that the effects of aging on the intended function(s) will be adequately managed for the period of extended operation consistent with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(iii).
4.2.2 Pressure-Temperature Limits Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel boltup, hydrotest, pressure tests, normal operation, and anticipated operational occurrences be accomplished within established pressure-temperature (P-T) limits. These limits are established by calculations that utilize the materials and fluence data obtained through the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program.
Pilgrim received License Amendment 227 dated March 29, 2007 that extended the existing P-T limit curves for Pilgrim through Cycle 18.
The P-T limit cirves will continue to be updated, as required by Appendix G of 10 CFR Part 50 or as operational needs dictate. This updating will assure that the operational limits remain valid through the period of extended operation. Maintaining the P-T limit curves in accordance with Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 assures that the effects of aging on the intended function(s) will be adequately managed for the period of extended operation consistent with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(iii).
4.2.3 Charpy Upper-Shelf Energy Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper-shelf energy ... of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper-shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb...." The initial (unirradiated) values of 207027 Page 7 of 17


====4.2.3 Charpy====
upper-shelf energy (CVUSE) for PNPS beltline welds were provided to the NRC in correspondence responding to Generic Letter 92-01 (References 4.2-9, 4.2-10).
Upper-Shelf Energy Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper-shelf energy ... of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper-shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb...." The initial (unirradiated) values of 207027 Page 7 of 17 upper-shelf energy (CVUSE) for PNPS beltline welds were provided to the NRC in correspondence responding to Generic Letter 92-01 (References 4.2-9, 4.2-10).Regulatory Guide 1.99, Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials, Revision 2, provides two methods for determining Charpy upper-shelf energy (CVUSE). Position 1 applies for material that does not have surveillance data and Position 2 applies for material with surveillance data. Position 2 requires a minimum of two sets of credible material surveillance data. Since PNPS has data from only one material surveillance capsule, Position 2 does not apply. For Position 1, the percent drop in CVUSE for a stated copper content and neutron fluence is determined by reference to Figure 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2. This percentage drop is applied to the initial CVUSE to obtain the adjusted CVUSE.The predictions for percent drop in CVUSE at 54 EFPY must be based on chemistry data, the maximum 1/4T fluence values, and unirradiated CVUSE data submitted to the NRC in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. The predicted CVUSE values for 54 EFPY will utilize Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position 1. The predictions will use Regulatory Guide 1.99, Position 1, Figure 2;specifically, the formula for the lines will be used to calculate the percent drop in CVUSE (Reference 4.2-14).PNPS will use chemistry data from previous licensing submittals, the PNPS response to GL 92-01 (References 4.2-9, 4.2-10, 4.2-14), and the 1/4T fluence values to be determined to perform linear interpolation on the CVUSE percent drop values in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Figure 2.The license renewal SER for BWRVIP-74 (Reference 4.2-11), Action Item #10, states that each license renewal applicant shall demonstrate that the percent reduction in Charpy USE for their beltline materials is less than that specified for the limiting BWR/3-6 plates and the non-Linde 80 submerged arc welds given in BWRVIP-74.
Regulatory Guide 1.99, Radiation Embrittlementof Reactor Vessel Materials, Revision 2, provides two methods for determining Charpy upper-shelf energy (CVUSE). Position 1 applies for material that does not have surveillance data and Position 2 applies for material with surveillance data. Position 2 requires a minimum of two sets of credible material surveillance data. Since PNPS has data from only one material surveillance capsule, Position 2 does not apply. For Position 1, the percent drop in CVUSE for a stated copper content and neutron fluence is determined by reference to Figure 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2. This percentage drop is applied to the initial CVUSE to obtain the adjusted CVUSE.
This action item is not applicable to PNPS if the PNPS projected CVUSE remains above the 50 ft-lb limit, even for the period of extended operation.
The predictions for percent drop in CVUSE at 54 EFPY must be based on chemistry data, the maximum 1/4T fluence values, and unirradiated CVUSE data submitted to the NRC in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. The predicted CVUSE values for 54 EFPY will utilize Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position 1. The predictions will use Regulatory Guide 1.99, Position 1, Figure 2; specifically, the formula for the lines will be used to calculate the percent drop in CVUSE (Reference 4.2-14).
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
PNPS will use chemistry data from previous licensing submittals, the PNPS response to GL 92-01 (References 4.2-9, 4.2-10, 4.2-14), and the 1/4T fluence values to be determined to perform linear interpolation on the CVUSE percent drop values in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Figure 2.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
The license renewal SER for BWRVIP-74 (Reference 4.2-11), Action Item #10, states that each license renewal applicant shall demonstrate that the percent reduction in Charpy USE for their beltline materials is less than that specified for the limiting BWR/3-6 plates and the non-Linde 80 submerged arc welds given in BWRVIP-74. This action item is not applicable to PNPS ifthe PNPS projected CVUSE remains above the 50 ft-lb limit, even for the period of extended operation.
The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel Charpy upper shelf energy TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.4.2.4 Adjusted Reference Temperature Irradiation by high-energy neutrons raises the value of RTNDT for the reactor vessel. RTNDT is the reference temperature for nil-ductility transition as defined in Section NB-2320 of the ASME Code. The initial RTNDT is determined through testing of unirradiated material specimens.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel Charpy upper shelf energy TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.
The shift in reference temperature, ARTNDT, is the difference in the 30 ft-lb index temperatures from the average Charpy curves measured before and after irradiation.
4.2.4 Adjusted Reference Temperature Irradiation by high-energy neutrons raises the value of RTNDT for the reactor vessel. RTNDT is the reference temperature for nil-ductility transition as defined in Section NB-2320 of the ASME Code. The initial RTNDT is determined through testing of unirradiated material specimens. The shift in reference temperature, ARTNDT, is the difference in the 30 ft-lb index temperatures from the average Charpy curves measured before and after irradiation. The adjusted reference 207027 Page 8 of 17
The adjusted reference 207027 Page 8 of 17 temperature (ART) is defined as initial RTNDT + ARTNDT + margin. The margin is defined in RG 1.99, Revision 2. The P-T curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel materials.
 
RG 1.99 Revision 2 defines the calculation methods for RTNDT and ART.The PNPS reactor vessel was evaluated for an assumed exposure of less than 1019 nvt of neutrons with energies exceeding 1 MeV (Reference 4.2-1). After approximately 4.17 EFPY, the first surveillance capsule was withdrawn from the vessel and tested. The capsule test report concludes that the shift in RTNDT and upper-shelf energy over 32 EFPY will be within 10 CFR 50 guidelines.
temperature (ART) is defined as initial RTNDT + ARTNDT + margin. The margin is defined in RG 1.99, Revision 2. The P-T curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel materials.
PNPS will project values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY using the methodology of RG 1.99.These values will be calculated using the chemistry data, margin values, initial RTNDT values, and chemistry factors (CFs) contained in the PNPS response to GL 92-01 (References 4.2-3, 4.2-9, 4.2-10, 4.2-13). Initial RTNDT values are from report SIR-00-082, which was submitted in 2001 as part of the PNPS P-T limit change request (Reference 4.2-5). The 1/4T fluence values discussed in Section 4.2.1 will be used. New fluence factors (FFs) will be calculated using the expression in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Equation 2, where the fluence factor is given by FF= f (0.28-O.1O*logf)
RG 1.99 Revision 2 defines the calculation methods for RTNDT and ART.
In this equation, f is the 1/4T fluence value. The new ARTNDT values will be calculated by multiplying the CF and the FF for each plate and weld. Calculated margins and the initial RTNDT will then be added to the calculated ARTNDT in order to arrive at the new value of ART.An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
The PNPS reactor vessel was evaluated for an assumed exposure of less than 1019 nvt of neutrons with energies exceeding 1 MeV (Reference 4.2-1). After approximately 4.17 EFPY, the first surveillance capsule was withdrawn from the vessel and tested. The capsule test report concludes that the shift in RTNDT and upper-shelf energy over 32 EFPY will be within 10 CFR 50 guidelines.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
PNPS will project values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY using the methodology of RG 1.99.
The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
These values will be calculated using the chemistry data, margin values, initial RTNDT values, and chemistry factors (CFs) contained in the PNPS response to GL 92-01 (References 4.2-3, 4.2-9, 4.2-10, 4.2-13). Initial RTNDT values are from report SIR-00-082, which was submitted in 2001 as part of the PNPS P-T limit change request (Reference 4.2-5). The 1/4T fluence values discussed in Section 4.2.1 will be used. New fluence factors (FFs) will be calculated using the expression in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Equation 2, where the fluence factor is given by FF=f      (0.28-O.1O*logf)
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel adjusted reference temperature TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.4.2.5 Reactor Vessel Circumferential Weld Inspection Relief Relief from reactor vessel circumferential weld examination requirements under Generic Letter 98-05 is based on an analysis indicating acceptable probability of failure per reactor operating year. The analysis is based on reactor vessel metallurgical conditions as well as flaw indication sizes and frequencies of occurrence that are expected at the end of a licensed operating period.PNPS received NRC approval for this relief for the remainder of the original 40-year license term. The basis for this relief request is an analysis that satisfied the limiting conditional failure probability for the circumferential welds at the expiration of the current license, based on BWRVIP-05 and the extent of neutron embrittlement (References 4.2-16, 4.2-17). The 207027 Page 9 of 17 anticipated changes in metallurgical conditions expected over the extended operating period require additional analysis to extend this relief request.The NRC evaluation of BWRVIP-05 utilized the FAVOR code to perform a probabilistic fracture mechanics (PFM) analysis to estimate the reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell weld failure probabilities.
In this equation, f is the 1/4T fluence value. The new ARTNDT values will be calculated by multiplying the CF and the FF for each plate and weld. Calculated margins and the initial      RTNDT will then be added to the calculated ARTNDT in order to arrive at the new value of ART.
Three key inputs to the PFM analysis are (1) the estimated end-of-life mean neutron fluence, (2) mean chemistry values based on vessel types, and (3) the assumption of potential for beyond-design-basis events.PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analy.is for the first two key assumptions.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2. This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
The data will be from the NRC SER for PNPS Relief Request 28 (Reference 4.2-17), and from the data in Table 2.6.4 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-18). (For comparison, the EOL mean RTNOT will be calculated without margin and hence will be lower than the Section 4.2.2 RTNDT value.)The procedures and training used to limit cold over-pressure events will be the same as those approved by the NRC when PNPS requested approval of the BWRVIP-05 technical alternative for the current license term.An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel adjusted reference temperature TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
4.2.5 Reactor Vessel Circumferential Weld Inspection Relief Relief from reactor vessel circumferential weld examination requirements under Generic Letter 98-05 is based on an analysis indicating acceptable probability of failure per reactor operating year. The analysis is based on reactor vessel metallurgical conditions as well as flaw indication sizes and frequencies of occurrence that are expected at the end of a licensed operating period.
The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
PNPS received NRC approval for this relief for the remainder of the original 40-year license term. The basis for this relief request is an analysis that satisfied the limiting conditional failure probability for the circumferential welds at the expiration of the current license, based on BWRVIP-05 and the extent of neutron embrittlement (References 4.2-16, 4.2-17). The 207027 Page 9 of 17
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel circumferential weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.4.2.6 Reactor Vessel Axial Weld Failure Probability The BWRVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds (BWRVIP-05) are based on generic analyses supporting an NRC SER conclusion that the generic-plant axial weld failure rate is no more than 5x1 06 per reactor year (Reference 4.2-18). BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term (Reference 4.2-17). The basis for this relief request was a plant-specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term was less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER (Reference 4.2-11). The BWRVIP-05 SER concluded that the reactor vessel failure frequency due to failure of the limiting axial welds in the BWR fleet at the end of 40 years of operation is less than 5x1 06 per reactor year. This failure frequency is dependent upon given assumptions of flaw density, distribution, and location.
 
The failure frequency also assumes that 207027 Page 10 of 17 "essentially 100%" of the reactor vessel axial welds will be inspected.
anticipated changes in metallurgical conditions expected over the extended operating period require additional analysis to extend this relief request.
The PNPS relief request requires additional relief request if less than 90% coverage is achieved.PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis.
The NRC evaluation of BWRVIP-05 utilized the FAVOR code to perform a probabilistic fracture mechanics (PFM) analysis to estimate the reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell weld failure probabilities. Three key inputs to the PFM analysis are (1) the estimated end-of-life mean neutron fluence, (2) mean chemistry values based on vessel types, and (3) the assumption of potential for beyond-design-basis events.
The parameters used will be those from the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-18) from the NRC Supplemental SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-19).The supplemental SER required the limiting axial weld to be compared with data found in Table 3 of the document.
PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analy.is for the first two key assumptions. The data will be from the NRC SER for PNPS Relief Request 28 (Reference 4.2-17), and from the data in Table 2.6.4 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-18). (For comparison, the EOL mean RTNOT will be calculated without margin and hence will be lower than the Section 4.2.2 RTNDT value.)
Originally, the supplemental SER identified PNPS as a limiting plant for the BWR fleet; however, in the discussion it is noted that the high EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS calculated by the BWRVIP is due to the use of an initial RTNDT of 0°F. The supplemental SER notes that the docketed value of initial RTNDT (from the RVID) is -48 0 F, and therefore the EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS is not bounding for the BWR fleet. The supplemental SER stated that the axial welds for the Clinton plant are the limiting welds for the BWR fleet and vessel failure probability determined for Clinton should bound the BWR fleet.The limiting values will be compared to the values assumed in the analysis performed by the NRC staff in thb BWRVIP-05 supplemental SER and the 64 EFPY limits and values obtained from Table 2.6- 5 of the SER. As such, this TLAA will be projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii).
The procedures and training used to limit cold over-pressure events will be the same as those approved by the NRC when PNPS requested approval of the BWRVIP-05 technical alternative for the current license term.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding  
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2. This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
'hydrostatic test temperatures.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel circumferential weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
4.2.6 Reactor Vessel Axial Weld Failure Probability The BWRVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds (BWRVIP-05) are based on generic analyses supporting an NRC SER conclusion that the generic-plant axial weld failure rate is no more than 5x1 06 per reactor year (Reference 4.2-18). BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.
The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term (Reference 4.2-17). The basis for this relief request was a plant-specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term was less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER (Reference 4.2-11). The BWRVIP-05 SER concluded that the reactor vessel failure frequency due to failure of the limiting axial welds in the BWR fleet at the end of 40 years of operation is less than 5x1 06 per reactor year. This failure frequency is dependent upon given assumptions of flaw density, distribution, and location. The failure frequency also assumes that 207027 Page 10 of 17
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel axial weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.4.7.1 Reflood Thermal Shock of the Reactor Vessel Internals UFSAR Section 3.3.6.8 addresses reflood thermal shock of the reactor vessel internals (core shroud). This evaluation of thermal shock was considered a TLAA as it is potentially based on shroud material properties that are affected by neutron fluence.The shroud material is Type 304 stainless steel, which is not significantly affected by irradiation.
 
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
"essentially 100%" of the reactor vessel axial welds will be inspected. The PNPS relief request requires additional relief request if less than 90% coverage is achieved.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis. The parameters used will be those from the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-18) from the NRC Supplemental SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-19).
The maximum temperature for the 207027 Page 11 of 17 hydrostatic test was set at 212°F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.
The supplemental SER required the limiting axial weld to be compared with data found in Table 3 of the document. Originally, the supplemental SER identified PNPS as a limiting plant for the BWR fleet; however, in the discussion it is noted that the high EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS calculated by the BWRVIP is due to the use of an initial RTNDT of 0°F. The supplemental SER notes that the docketed value of initial RTNDT (from the RVID) is -480 F, and therefore the EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS is not bounding for the BWR fleet. The supplemental SER stated that the axial welds for the Clinton plant are the limiting welds for the BWR fleet and vessel failure probability determined for Clinton should bound the BWR fleet.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reflood thermal shock TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.Changes to existing UFSAR Section 3.3.6.8 information presented in Section A.1.1 of the LRA (gage A-3) are revised as follows: 3. Shroud inner surfaces at hiqhest irradiation zone The most ~raitdpoint On the inner surfaco of the Shroud is subjected to a total itgae ,UtO, fuX of 2.7 x 1 WO. no, (3 1 MoV) by the end of station life. The peak thermal shock stress is 155,700 psi, corresponding to a peak strain of 0.57 percent. The shroud material is Type 304 stainless steel, which is not significantly affected by irradiation.
The limiting values will be compared to the values assumed in the analysis performed by the NRC staff in thb BWRVIP-05 supplemental SER and the 64 EFPY limits and values obtained from Table 2.6- 5 of the SER. As such, this TLAA will be projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii).
The material does experience a loss in reduction of area. Because reduction of area is the property which determines tolerable local strain, irradiation effects can be neglected.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding 'hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
The peak strain resulting from thermal shock at the inside of the shroud represents no loss of integrity of the reactor vessel inner volume. T4e"eri'i limit of Typo 304 Steel i6 appr-a-hed at a of 8 x 1021 rn/,R2 (WRlVIP 35). As the PNPS shroud Will remnain below that fluAen 19VBI for
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel axial weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.
* the priod of extende operation, the shroud Will remain seryicoablo.
4.7.1 Reflood Thermal Shock of the Reactor Vessel Internals UFSAR Section 3.3.6.8 addresses reflood thermal shock of the reactor vessel internals (core shroud). This evaluation of thermal shock was considered a TLAA as it is potentially based on shroud material properties that are affected by neutron fluence.
UFSAR Supplement Sections are revised to read as follows: A.2.2.1.1 Reactor Vessel Fluence Calculated fluence is based on a time-limited assumption defined by the operating term. As such, fluence is the time-limited assumption for the time-limited aging analyses that evaluate reactor vessel embrittlement.
The shroud material is Type 304 stainless steel, which is not significantly affected by irradiation.
Fluence values were calculated using the RAMA fluence calculation method. The RAMA fluence method was developed for the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. and the Boiling Water Reactor Vessel and Internals Project (BWRVIP) for the purpose of calculating neutron fluence in boiling water reactor components.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the 207027 Page 11 of 17
This method has been approved'by the NRC (Reference A.2-9) for application in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.190 provided the fluence calculations for the reactor are appropriately benchmarked.
 
The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the PNPS reactor vessel. The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry.
hydrostatic test was set at 212°F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.
Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reflood thermal shock TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.
An action plan to improve benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T curves will be developed and submitted for NRC review.An alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value has been performed (Reference A.2-12). This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties.
Changes to existing UFSAR Section 3.3.6.8 information presented in Section A.1.1 of the LRA (gage A-3) are revised as follows:
Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered.
: 3. Shroud inner surfaces at hiqhest irradiation zone The most ~raitdpoint On the inner surfaco of the Shroud is subjected to a total itgae
By assuming increasing fluence levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria.207027 Page 12 of 17 The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
,UtO, fuX of 2.7 x 1WO. no, (3 1 MoV) by the end of station life. The peak thermal shock stress is 155,700 psi, corresponding to a peak strain of 0.57 percent. The shroud material is Type 304 stainless steel, which is not significantly affected by irradiation. The material does experience a loss in reduction of area. Because reduction of area is the property which determines tolerable local strain, irradiation effects can be neglected. The peak strain resulting from thermal shock at the inside of the shroud represents no loss of integrity of the reactor vessel inner volume. T4e limit of Typo 304/tail*lec "eri'i                          Steel i6 appr-a-hed at a flun*,c  of 8 x 1021rn/,R2 (WRlVIP 35). As the PNPS shroud Will remnain below that fluAen        19VBI for the
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
* priod of extende operation, the shroud Will remain seryicoablo.
The maximum temperature starting for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2.This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.
UFSAR Supplement Sections are revised to read as follows:
A.2.2.1.1 Reactor Vessel Fluence Calculated fluence is based on a time-limited assumption defined by the operating term. As such, fluence is the time-limited assumption for the time-limited aging analyses that evaluate reactor vessel embrittlement. Fluence values were calculated using the RAMA fluence calculation method. The RAMA fluence method was developed for the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. and the Boiling Water Reactor Vessel and Internals Project (BWRVIP) for the purpose of calculating neutron fluence in boiling water reactor components. This method has been approved'by the NRC (Reference A.2-9) for application in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.190 provided the fluence calculations for the reactor are appropriately benchmarked.
The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the PNPS reactor vessel. The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry. Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy. An action plan to improve benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T curves will be developed and submitted for NRC review.
An alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value has been performed (Reference A.2-12). This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties. Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered. By assuming increasing fluence levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria.
207027 Page 12 of 17
 
The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature starting for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2 . This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.
On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the NRC calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the NRC calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
A.2.2.1.2 Pressure-Temperature Limits Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel boltup, hydrotest, pressure tests, normal operation, and anticipated operational occurrences be accomplished within established pressure-temperature (P-T) limits. These limits are established by calculations that utilize the materials and fluence data obtained through the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program.Pilgrim receive~d License Amendment 227 dated March 29, 2007 that extended the existing P-T limit curves for Pilgrim through Cycle 18.The P-T limit curves will continue to be updated, as required by Appendix G of 10 CFR Part 50 or as operational needs dictate. This updating will assure that the operational limits remain valid through the period of extended operation.
A.2.2.1.2 Pressure-Temperature Limits Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel boltup, hydrotest, pressure tests, normal operation, and anticipated operational occurrences be accomplished within established pressure-temperature (P-T) limits. These limits are established by calculations that utilize the materials and fluence data obtained through the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program.
Maintaining the P-T limit curves in accordance with Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 assures that the effects of aging on the intended function(s) will be adequately managed for the period of extended operation consistent with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(iii).
Pilgrim receive~d License Amendment 227 dated March 29, 2007 that extended the existing P-T limit curves for Pilgrim through Cycle 18.
A.2.2.1.3 Charpy Upper-Shelf Energy Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper-shelf energy ... of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper-shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb .... The initial (unirradiated) values of upper-shelf energy (CvUSE) for PNPS beltline welds were provided to the NRC in correspondence responding to Generic Letter 92-01.Regulatory Guide 1.99, Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials, Revision 2, provides two methods for determining Charpy upper-shelf energy (CvUSE). Position 1 applies for material that does not have surveillance data and Position 2 applies for material with surveillance data. Position 2 requires a minimum of two sets of credible material surveillance data. Since PNPS has data from only one material surveillance capsule, Position 2 does not apply. For Position 1, the percent drop in CvUSE for a stated copper content and neutron fluence is determined by reference to Figure 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2. This percentage drop is applied to the initial CvUSE to obtain the adjusted CvUSE.The predictions for percent drop in CVUSE at 54 EFPY must be based on chemistry data, the maximum 1/4T fluence values, and unirradiated CvUSE data submitted to the NRC in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. The predicted CvUSE values for 54 EFPY will utilize Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position 1. The predictions will use Regulatory Guide 1.99, Position 1, Figure 2;specifically, the formula for the lines will be used to calculate the percent drop in CvUSE.207027 Page 13 of 17 PNPS will use chemistry data from previous licensing submittals, the PNPS response to GL 92-01, and the 1/4T fluence values to be determined to perform linear interpolation on the CvUSE percent drop values in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Figure 2.The license renewal SER for BWRVIP-74, Action Item #10, states that each license renewal applicant shall demonstrate that the percent reduction in Charpy USE for their beltline materials is less than that specified for the limiting BWR/3-6 plates and the non-Linde 80 submerged arc welds given in BWRVIP-74.
The P-T limit curves will continue to be updated, as required by Appendix G of 10 CFR Part 50 or as operational needs dictate. This updating will assure that the operational limits remain valid through the period of extended operation. Maintaining the P-T limit curves in accordance with Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 assures that the effects of aging on the intended function(s) will be adequately managed for the period of extended operation consistent with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(iii).
This action item is not applicable to PNPS if the PNPS projected CvUSE remains above the 50 ft-lb limit, even for the period of extended operation.
A.2.2.1.3 Charpy Upper-Shelf Energy Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper-shelf energy ... of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper-shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb .... The initial (unirradiated) values of upper-shelf energy (CvUSE) for PNPS beltline welds were provided to the NRC in correspondence responding to Generic Letter 92-01.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
Regulatory Guide 1.99, Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials,Revision 2, provides two methods for determining Charpy upper-shelf energy (CvUSE). Position 1 applies for material that does not have surveillance data and Position 2 applies for material with surveillance data. Position 2 requires a minimum of two sets of credible material surveillance data. Since PNPS has data from only one material surveillance capsule, Position 2 does not apply. For Position 1, the percent drop in CvUSE for a stated copper content and neutron fluence is determined by reference to Figure 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2. This percentage drop is applied to the initial CvUSE to obtain the adjusted CvUSE.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
The predictions for percent drop in CVUSE at 54 EFPY must be based on chemistry data, the maximum 1/4T fluence values, and unirradiated CvUSE data submitted to the NRC in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. The predicted CvUSE values for 54 EFPY will utilize Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position 1. The predictions will use Regulatory Guide 1.99, Position 1, Figure 2; specifically, the formula for the lines will be used to calculate the percent drop in CvUSE.
The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
207027 Page 13 of 17
 
PNPS will use chemistry data from previous licensing submittals, the PNPS response to GL 92-01, and the 1/4T fluence values to be determined to perform linear interpolation on the CvUSE percent drop values in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Figure 2.
The license renewal SER for BWRVIP-74, Action Item #10, states that each license renewal applicant shall demonstrate that the percent reduction in Charpy USE for their beltline materials is less than that specified for the limiting BWR/3-6 plates and the non-Linde 80 submerged arc welds given in BWRVIP-74. This action item is not applicable to PNPS if the PNPS projected CvUSE remains above the 50 ft-lb limit, even for the period of extended operation.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2. This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel Charpy upper shelf energy TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel Charpy upper shelf energy TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
A.2.2.1.4 Adjusted Reference Temperature Irradiation by high-energy neutrons raises the value of RTNOT for the reactor vessel. RTNDT is the reference temperature for nil-ductility transition as defined in Section NB-2320 of the ASME Code. The initial RTNDT is determined through testing of unirradiated material specimens.
A.2.2.1.4 Adjusted Reference Temperature Irradiation by high-energy neutrons raises the value of RTNOT for the reactor vessel. RTNDT is the reference temperature for nil-ductility transition as defined in Section NB-2320 of the ASME Code. The initial RTNDT is determined through testing of unirradiated material specimens. The shift in reference temperature, ARTNDT, is the difference in the 30 ft-lb index temperatures from the average Charpy curves measured before and after irradiation. The adjusted reference temperature (ART) is defined as initial RTNDT + ARTNDT + margin. The margin is defined in RG 1.99, Revision 2. The P-T curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel materials.
The shift in reference temperature, ARTNDT, is the difference in the 30 ft-lb index temperatures from the average Charpy curves measured before and after irradiation.
RG 1.99 Revision 2 defines the calculation methods for RTNDT and ART.
The adjusted reference temperature (ART) is defined as initial RTNDT + ARTNDT + margin. The margin is defined in RG 1.99, Revision 2. The P-T curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel materials.
The PNPS reactor vessel was evaluated for an assumed exposure of less than 1019 nvt of neutrons with energies exceeding 1 MeV. After approximately 4.17 EFPY, the first surveillance capsule was withdrawn from the vessel and tested. The capsule test report concludes that the shift in RTNDT and upper-shelf energy over 32 EFPY will be within 10 CFR 50 guidelines.
RG 1.99 Revision 2 defines the calculation methods for RTNDT and ART.The PNPS reactor vessel was evaluated for an assumed exposure of less than 1019 nvt of neutrons with energies exceeding 1 MeV. After approximately 4.17 EFPY, the first surveillance capsule was withdrawn from the vessel and tested. The capsule test report concludes that the shift in RTNDT and upper-shelf energy over 32 EFPY will be within 10 CFR 50 guidelines.
PNPS will project values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY using the methodology of RG 1.99.
PNPS will project values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY using the methodology of RG 1.99.These values will be calculated using the chemistry data, margin values, initial RTNDT values, and chemistry factors (CFs) contained in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. Initial RTNDT values are from report SIR-00-082, which was submitted in 2001 as part of the PNPS P-T limit change request. The 1/4T fluence values discussed in Section 4.2.1 will be used. New fluence factors (FFs) will be calculated using the expression in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Equation 2, where the fluence factor is given by FF = f (0.28-0. 1O*Iogf)207027 Page 14 of 17 In this equation, f is the 1/4T fluence value. The new ARTNDT values will be calculated by multiplying the CF and the FF for each plate and weld. Calculated margins and the initial RTNDT will then be added to the calculated ARTNDT in order to arrive at the new value of ART.An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
These values will be calculated using the chemistry data, margin values, initial RTNDT values, and chemistry factors (CFs) contained in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. Initial RTNDT values are from report SIR-00-082, which was submitted in 2001 as part of the PNPS P-T limit change request. The 1/4T fluence values discussed in Section 4.2.1 will be used. New fluence factors (FFs) will be calculated using the expression in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Equation 2, where the fluence factor is given by FF = f     (0.28-0. 1O*Iogf) 207027 Page 14 of 17
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
 
The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
In this equation, f is the 1/4T fluence value. The new ARTNDT values will be calculated by multiplying the CF and the FF for each plate and weld. Calculated margins and the initial       RTNDT will then be added to the calculated ARTNDT in order to arrive at the new value of ART.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel adjusted reference temperature TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel adjusted reference temperature TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
A.2.2.1.5 Reactor Vessel Circumferential Weld Inspection Relief Relief from reactor vessel circumferential weld examination requirements under Generic Letter 98-05 is based on an analysis indicating acceptable probability of failure per reactor operating year. The analysis is based on reactor vessel metallurgical conditions as well as flaw indication sizes and frequencies of occurrence that are expected at the end of a licensed operating period.PNPS received NRC approval for this relief for the remainder of the original 40-year license term. The basis for this relief request is an analysis that satisfied the limiting conditional failure probability for the circumferential welds at the expiration of the current license, based on BWRVIP-05 and the extent of neutron embrittlement.
A.2.2.1.5 Reactor Vessel Circumferential Weld Inspection Relief Relief from reactor vessel circumferential weld examination requirements under Generic Letter 98-05 is based on an analysis indicating acceptable probability of failure per reactor operating year. The analysis is based on reactor vessel metallurgical conditions as well as flaw indication sizes and frequencies of occurrence that are expected at the end of a licensed operating period.
The anticipated changes in metallurgical conditions expected over the extended operating period require additional analysis to extend this relief request.The NRC evaluation of BWRVIP-05 utilized the FAVOR code to perform a probabilistic fracture mechanics (PFM) analysis to estimate the reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell weld failure probabilities.
PNPS received NRC approval for this relief for the remainder of the original 40-year license term. The basis for this relief request is an analysis that satisfied the limiting conditional failure probability for the circumferential welds at the expiration of the current license, based on BWRVIP-05 and the extent of neutron embrittlement. The anticipated changes in metallurgical conditions expected over the extended operating period require additional analysis to extend this relief request.
Three key inputs to the PFM analysis are (1) the estimated end-of-life mean neutron fluence, (2) mean: chemistry values based on vessel types, and (3) the assumption of potential for beyond-design-basis events.PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis for the first two key assumptions.
The NRC evaluation of BWRVIP-05 utilized the FAVOR code to perform a probabilistic fracture mechanics (PFM) analysis to estimate the reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell weld failure probabilities. Three key inputs to the PFM analysis are (1) the estimated end-of-life mean neutron fluence, (2) mean: chemistry values based on vessel types, and (3) the assumption of potential for beyond-design-basis events.
The data will be from the NRC SER for PNPS Relief Request 28, and from the data in Table 2.6.4 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05.(For comparison, the EOL mean RTNDT will be calculated without margin and hence will be lower than the Section 4.2.2 RTNDT value.)The procedures and: training used to limit cold over-pressure events will be the same as those approved by the NRC when PNPS requested approval of the BWRVIP-05 technical alternative for the current license term.An analysis determined that the limiting.fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to 207027 Page 15 of 17 perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding'hydrostatic test temperatures.
PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis for the first two key assumptions. The data will be from the NRC SER for PNPS Relief Request 28, and from the data in Table 2.6.4 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05.
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
(For comparison, the EOL mean RTNDT will be calculated without margin and hence will be lower than the Section 4.2.2 RTNDT value.)
The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This-fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
The procedures and: training used to limit cold over-pressure events will be the same as those approved by the NRC when PNPS requested approval of the BWRVIP-05 technical alternative for the current license term.
An analysis determined that the limiting.fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to 207027 Page 15 of 17
 
perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding'hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2. This-fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel circumferential weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel circumferential weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
A.2.2.1.6 Reactor Vessel Axial Weld Failure Probability The BWRVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds (BWRVIP-05) are based on generic analyses supporting an NRC SER conclusion that the generic-plant axial weld failure rate is no more than 5x10e per reactor year. BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term. The basis for this relief request was a plant-specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term was less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER. The BWRVIP-05 SER concluded that the reactor vessel failure frequency due to failure of the limiting axial welds in the BWR fleet at the end of 40 years of operation is less than 5x10"6 per reactor year. This failure frequency is dependent upon given assumptions of flaw density, distribution, and location.
A.2.2.1.6 Reactor Vessel Axial Weld Failure Probability The BWRVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds (BWRVIP-05) are based on generic analyses supporting an NRC SER conclusion that the generic-plant axial weld failure rate is no more than 5x10e per reactor year. BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.
The failure frequency also assumes that "essentially 100%" of the reactor vessel axial welds will be inspected.
PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term. The basis for this relief request was a plant-specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term was less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER. The BWRVIP-05 SER concluded that the reactor vessel failure frequency due to failure of the limiting axial welds in the BWR fleet at the end of 40 years of operation is less than 5x10"6 per reactor year. This failure frequency is dependent upon given assumptions of flaw density, distribution, and location. The failure frequency also assumes that "essentially 100%" of the reactor vessel axial welds will be inspected. The PNPS relief request requires additional relief request if less than 90% coverage is achieved.
The PNPS relief request requires additional relief request if less than 90% coverage is achieved.PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis.
PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis. The parameters used will be those from the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 from the NRC Supplemental SER for BWRVIP-05.
The parameters used will be those from the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 from the NRC Supplemental SER for BWRVIP-05.
The supplemental SER required the limiting axial weld to be compared with data found in Table 3 of the document. Originally, the supplemental SER identified PNPS as a limiting plant for the BWR fleet; however, in the discussion it is noted that the high EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS calculated by the BWRVIP is due to the use of an initial RTNDT of 0°F. The supplemental SER notes that the docketed value of initial RTNDT (from the RVID) is -48 0 F, and therefore the EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS is not bounding for the BWR fleet. The supplemental SER stated that the axial welds for the Clinton plant are the limiting welds for the BWR fleet and vessel failure probability determined for Clinton should bound the BWR .fleet.
The supplemental SER required the limiting axial weld to be compared with data found in Table 3 of the document.
The limiting values will be compared to the values assumed in the analysis performed by the NRC staff in the BWRVIP-05 supplemental SER and the 64 EFPY limits and values obtained from Table 2.6- 5 of the SER. As such, this TLAA will be projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii).
Originally, the supplemental SER identified PNPS as a limiting plant for the BWR fleet; however, in the discussion it is noted that the high EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS calculated by the BWRVIP is due to the use of an initial RTNDT of 0°F. The supplemental SER notes that the docketed value of initial RTNDT (from the RVID) is -48 0 F, and therefore the EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS is not bounding for the BWR fleet. The supplemental SER stated that the axial welds for the Clinton plant are the limiting welds for the BWR fleet and vessel failure probability determined for Clinton should bound the BWR .fleet.The limiting values will be compared to the values assumed in the analysis performed by the NRC staff in the BWRVIP-05 supplemental SER and the 64 EFPY limits and values obtained from Table 2.6- 5 of the SER. As such, this TLAA will be projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii).
207027 Page 16 of 17
207027 Page 16 of 17 An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures.
 
As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria.
An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2.This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel axial weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel axial weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.
The following reference is added to UFSAR Supplement Section A.2.3.A.2-12 Bethay, Stephen J. (Entergy), to Document Control Desk (NRC), "License Renewal Application Amendment 16," letter 2.07.027 dated May 1, 2007, Attachment E, Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS.207027 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT C to Letter 2.07.027.(1 page)LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs LRA Amendments to Delete BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs Sections 4.7.2.2 and 4.7.2.3 of the draft SER discuss BWRVIP-48, Vessel ID Attachment Welds and BWRVIP-49, Instrument Penetrations, respectively.
The following reference is added to UFSAR Supplement Section A.2.3.
Both sections appropriately conclude that the BWRVIP analysis does not constitute a TLAA for license renewal since the CLB does not include a plant-specific 40-year CUF calculation for these components.
A.2-12 Bethay, Stephen J. (Entergy), to Document Control Desk (NRC), "License Renewal Application Amendment 16," letter 2.07.027 dated May 1, 2007, Attachment E, Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS.
Section 4.7.2.3 states, "In a letter dated May 11, 2006, the applicant amended the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-49 fatigue assessment for the RPV IPNs as a TLAA for the LRA. The amendment deleted LRA Section A.2.2.6." The referenced amendment letter does not contain the stated change. Apparently the change was made to the Vermont Yankee LRA, but due to administrativebversight was not made to the PNPS LRA. The change'is equally applicable to PNPS. Amendments to the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-49 fatigue assessment as a TLAA are provided.Also, Section 4.7.2.2 should have a similar discussion of changes to the LRA necessary to delete discussion of BWRVIP-48 as a TLAA. Amendments to the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-48 fatigue assessment as a TLAA are provided.LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 Fatique Assessment as a TLAA Delete Section 4.7.2.2, "BWRVIP-48, Vessel ID Attachment Welds." Delete entry for BWRVIP-48, vessel ID attachment welds fatigue analysis from Table 4.1-1, "List of PNPS TLAA and Resolution." Delete entry for cracking -fatigue with TLAA-metal fatigue from ID attachment welds in Table 3.1.2-1. Cracking managed by the BWR Vessel ID Attachment Welds Program remains in the table.Delete Section A.2.2.5, "Vessel ID Attachment Welds Fatigue Analysis." LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessment as a TLAA Delete Section 4.7.2.3, "BWRVIP-49, Instrument Penetrations." Delete entry for BWRVIP-49, instrument penetrations fatigue analysis from Table 4.1-1, "List of PNPS TLAA and Resolution." Delete entry for cracking -fatigue with TLAA-metal fatigue from nozzles, reactor vessel instrumentation (N15, N16) in Table 3.1.2-1. Cracking managed by the BWR Penetrations Program remains in the table.Delete Section A.2.2.6, "Instrument Penetrations Fatigue Analysis."
207027 Page 17 of 17
ATTACHMENT D to Letter 2.07.027 (9 pages)Torus Room Concrete Base Mat Evaluation (Dr. Franz UIm, M.I.T.)
 
Preliminary Durability Performance Evaluation of Torus Base Mat in Pilgrim Station By: Franz-Josef Ulm Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge, MA 02139 Date: April 30, 2Q07 Executive Summary: The objective of this report is a preliminary durability evaluation of the effect of the observed groundwater intrusion on the structural performance of the 8 ft thick Reactor Building base mat in Entergy's Pilgrim Station. Based on observations and documents shared by the Entergy team with the author, the following conclusions are drawn: 1. The groundwater migration through the 8ft. thick Reactor Building base mat is a highly localized phenomenon.
ATTACHMENT C to Letter 2.07.027.
It is caused by a 25ft hydraulic head difference, pushing groundwater through vertical joints and zones most likely weakened by tensions generated during setting and hydration following the construction.
(1 page)
These localized zones are discontinuities equivalent to a vertical cylindrical hole of a maximum diameter of 4 mm (0/6t in). Such small discontinuities that originate from construction joints are inevitable in large-scale concrete engineering operations.
LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs
 
LRA Amendments to Delete BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs Sections 4.7.2.2 and 4.7.2.3 of the draft SER discuss BWRVIP-48, Vessel ID Attachment Welds and BWRVIP-49, Instrument Penetrations, respectively. Both sections appropriately conclude that the BWRVIP analysis does not constitute a TLAA for license renewal since the CLB does not include a plant-specific 40-year CUF calculation for these components.
Section 4.7.2.3 states, "In a letter dated May 11, 2006, the applicant amended the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-49 fatigue assessment for the RPV IPNs as a TLAA for the LRA. The amendment deleted LRA Section A.2.2.6." The referenced amendment letter does not contain the stated change. Apparently the change was made to the Vermont Yankee LRA, but due to administrativebversight was not made to the PNPS LRA. The change'is equally applicable to PNPS. Amendments to the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-49 fatigue assessment as a TLAA are provided.
Also, Section 4.7.2.2 should have a similar discussion of changes to the LRA necessary to delete discussion of BWRVIP-48 as a TLAA. Amendments to the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-48 fatigue assessment as a TLAA are provided.
LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 Fatique Assessment as a TLAA Delete Section 4.7.2.2, "BWRVIP-48, Vessel ID Attachment Welds."
Delete entry for BWRVIP-48, vessel ID attachment welds fatigue analysis from Table 4.1-1, "List of PNPS TLAA and Resolution."
Delete entry for cracking - fatigue with TLAA-metal fatigue from ID attachment welds in Table 3.1.2-1. Cracking managed by the BWR Vessel ID Attachment Welds Program remains in the table.
Delete Section A.2.2.5, "Vessel ID Attachment Welds Fatigue Analysis."
LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessment as a TLAA Delete Section 4.7.2.3, "BWRVIP-49, Instrument Penetrations."
Delete entry for BWRVIP-49, instrument penetrations fatigue analysis from Table 4.1-1, "List of PNPS TLAA and Resolution."
Delete entry for cracking - fatigue with TLAA-metal fatigue from nozzles, reactor vessel instrumentation (N15, N16) in Table 3.1.2-1. Cracking managed by the BWR Penetrations Program remains in the table.
Delete Section A.2.2.6, "Instrument Penetrations Fatigue Analysis."
 
ATTACHMENT D to Letter 2.07.027 (9 pages)
Torus Room Concrete Base Mat Evaluation (Dr. Franz UIm, M.I.T.)
 
Preliminary Durability Performance Evaluation of Torus Base Mat in Pilgrim Station By: Franz-Josef Ulm Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge, MA 02139 Date: April 30, 2Q07 Executive Summary: The objective of this report is a preliminary durability evaluation of the effect of the observed groundwater intrusion on the structural performance of the 8 ft thick Reactor Building base mat in Entergy's Pilgrim Station. Based on observations and documents shared by the Entergy team with the author, the following conclusions are drawn:
: 1. The groundwater migration through the 8ft. thick Reactor Building base mat is a highly localized phenomenon. It is caused by a 25ft hydraulic head difference, pushing groundwater through vertical joints and zones most likely weakened by tensions generated during setting and hydration following the construction. These localized zones are discontinuities equivalent to a vertical cylindrical hole of a maximum diameter of 4 mm (0/6t in). Such small discontinuities that originate from construction joints are inevitable in large-scale concrete engineering operations.
: 2. This highly localized nature of the zones through which water penetrates, does not compromise the overall structural performance of the Torus base mat: it does neither affect the bulk integrity of the concrete slab, nor the overall compressive and bending load bearing capacity of the reactor foundation.
: 2. This highly localized nature of the zones through which water penetrates, does not compromise the overall structural performance of the Torus base mat: it does neither affect the bulk integrity of the concrete slab, nor the overall compressive and bending load bearing capacity of the reactor foundation.
: 3. Calcium leaching of the solid concrete is expected to take place in the localized zones through which water penetrates.
: 3. Calcium leaching of the solid concrete is expected to take place in the localized zones through which water penetrates. While this localized calcium leaching does not affect the overall structural performance of the slab, it may contribute to further weakening the construction joints, and may eventually have degraded the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in diameter Williams rock anchors. A close-up inspection of the grout and bolt is recommended.
While this localized calcium leaching does not affect the overall structural performance of the slab, it may contribute to further weakening the construction joints, and may eventually have degraded the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in diameter Williams rock anchors. A close-up inspection of the grout and bolt is recommended.
: 4. The lower pH-value of 9.3-9.4 of the water emerging from localized zones along the construction joints, compared to the typical pH- 12 of concrete's bulk pore solution, is consistent with the calcium leaching observation. Its localized occurrence does not compromise the corrosion protection of the steel reinforcement in the slab. A refinedcorrosion indicator analysis is recommended to confirm theprevention or minimization of reinforcement and anchor bolt corrosion.
: 4. The lower pH-value of 9.3-9.4 of the water emerging from localized zones along the construction joints, compared to the typical pH- 12 of concrete's bulk pore solution, is consistent with the calcium leaching observation.
: 5. Changes in environmental conditions (e.g., seasonal changes in water table or a seismic event) that affect the static head that drives the water migration through the concrete would impact the rate of water seepage into the torus room. These affects would be small since, as discussed in the report, the discontinuities in the concrete base mat that are allowing the Water seepage into the torus room are very small. Even if the current very low rate of water intrusion increased by an order of magnitude because of a change in static head there would be no impact on plant safety due to the large size of the torus room.
Its localized occurrence does not compromise the corrosion protection of the steel reinforcement in the slab. A refinedcorrosion indicator analysis is recommended to confirm theprevention or minimization of reinforcement and anchor bolt corrosion.
: 1. Objective The objective of this report is a preliminary durability evaluation of the Torus Mat in Entergy's Pilgrim Station. This report is based on observations and documents shared by the Entergy team with the author during and following the visit on Monday, March 19, 2007 to Entergy's offices in the Pilgrim Station.
: 5. Changes in environmental conditions (e.g., seasonal changes in water table or a seismic event) that affect the static head that drives the water migration through the concrete would impact the rate of water seepage into the torus room. These affects would be small since, as discussed in the report, the discontinuities in the concrete base mat that are allowing the Water seepage into the torus room are very small. Even if the current very low rate of water intrusion increased by an order of magnitude because of a change in static head there would be no impact on plant safety due to the large size of the torus room.  
: 2. Observations The 8 ft thick Torus mat is part of the reactor building foundation, and surrounds the much thicker core vessel foundation. The Torus mat is divided into 16 Torus room bays, with bay #2 being the most south, and bay #10 the most north, where the ocean is situated.
: 1. Objective The objective of this report is a preliminary durability evaluation of the Torus Mat in Entergy's Pilgrim Station. This report is based on observations and documents shared by the Entergy team with the author during and following the visit on Monday, March 19, 2007 to Entergy's offices in the Pilgrim Station.2. Observations The 8 ft thick Torus mat is part of the reactor building foundation, and surrounds the much thicker core vessel foundation.
At any point in time water may be observed on the floor of one or more Torus room bays, puddled at the low point under the invert of the Torus. The maximum water depth may be about 1/z inch or more, but generally limited to the area directly beneath the Torus shell. The wetted areas of the floor have not extended out from under the Torus, and pumping for removal has never been required. Some of remaining bays having no water may have crystal residue indicating they were once wet. Several other bays show no evidence to suggest that they were ever wet. These are bays #16, 1, 2, 3 ind 4, which are all situated on the south side of the reactor foundation, i.e. the furthest away from the sea.
The Torus mat is divided into 16 Torus room bays, with bay #2 being the most south, and bay #10 the most north, where the ocean is situated.At any point in time water may be observed on the floor of one or more Torus room bays, puddled at the low point under the invert of the Torus. The maximum water depth may be about 1/z inch or more, but generally limited to the area directly beneath the Torus shell. The wetted areas of the floor have not extended out from under the Torus, and pumping for removal has never been required.
Conditions associated with water seepage into the Torus room have been reported in the early 1980s but may have existed even before then. In the early 1980s seepage was reported at the junction of the drywell pedestal and the Torus room floor, in Bay #15. In the late 1990s, Torus room conditions were evaluated by Engineering. The most probable cause of water seepage was attributed to groundwater by-passing the waterproof membrane that encapsulates the Reactor Building 8 ft. thick base mat. A 25 ft. hydrostatic head forces water through the mat at discontinuities such as construction joints, anchor bolts holes or other features that result in reduced head losses.
Some of remaining bays having no water may have crystal residue indicating they were once wet. Several other bays show no evidence to suggest that they were ever wet. These are bays #16, 1, 2, 3 ind 4, which are all situated on the south side of the reactor foundation, i.e. the furthest away from the sea.Conditions associated with water seepage into the Torus room have been reported in the early 1980s but may have existed even before then. In the early 1980s seepage was reported at the junction of the drywell pedestal and the Torus room floor, in Bay #15. In the late 1990s, Torus room conditions were evaluated by Engineering.
This conclusion was based on the following observations and operating experience with membrane designs similar to Pilgrim:
The most probable cause of water seepage was attributed to groundwater by-passing the waterproof membrane that encapsulates the Reactor Building 8 ft. thick base mat. A 25 ft. hydrostatic head forces water through the mat at discontinuities such as construction joints, anchor bolts holes or other features that result in reduced head losses.This conclusion was based on the following observations and operating experience with membrane designs similar to Pilgrim:* A portion of the floor in Bay #10, adjacent to the Torus saddle common to Bay #11 (situated on the north side), was dried, cleaned and isolated with a berm. Within the berm is a Williams rock anchor installed in the early 1980s to secure the Torus saddles for pipe break accident uplift conditions.
* A portion of the floor in Bay #10, adjacent to the Torus saddle common to Bay #11 (situated on the north side), was dried, cleaned and isolated with a berm. Within the berm is a Williams rock anchor installed in the early 1980s to secure the Torus saddles for pipe break accident uplift conditions. Within about a day, water reappeared on the floor within the berm. There were no visible cracks on the floor surface, suggesting that the water was coming up from the anchor hole drilled in the slab, or from beneath the torus saddle base plate.
Within about a day, water reappeared on the floor within the berm. There were no visible cracks on the floor surface, suggesting that the water was coming up from the anchor hole drilled in the slab, or from beneath the torus saddle base plate.* The water was sampled and not found to be contaminated to an extent that would indicate an active plant system leak. Some radioactive contamination was found but this was believed to be the result of plant system leaks that occurred much earlier in the plants operating history.* There were no active plant system leaks that could result in water on the Torus room floor.* The seepage rate 'appears to be at steady state with evaporative losses, hence the floor surface within any bay never fills completely.
* The water was sampled and not found to be contaminated to an extent that would indicate an active plant system leak. Some radioactive contamination was found but this was believed to be the result of plant system leaks that occurred much earlier in the plants operating history.
: 3. Methodology Based on these observation, and additional information about the construction history of the reactor building foundation, the tasks of this preliminary durability performance evaluation are: (1) To identify the most likely cause of the observed seepage into some Torus room bays, and (2) To estimate the effect of this cause on the integrity and performance of the base mat foundation.
* There were no active plant system leaks that could result in water on the Torus room floor.
* The seepage rate 'appears to be at steady state with evaporative losses, hence the floor surface within any bay never fills completely.
: 3. Methodology Based on these observation, and additional information about the construction history of the reactor building foundation, the tasks of this preliminary durability performance evaluation are:
(1) To identify the most likely cause of the observed seepage into some Torus room bays, and (2) To estimate the effect of this cause on the integrity and performance of the base mat foundation.
(3) Finally, some preliminary conclusions are drawn together with recommendations for further investigations.
(3) Finally, some preliminary conclusions are drawn together with recommendations for further investigations.
: 4. Analysis 4.1 Correlating Construction History and Occurrence of Water Seepage The job drawings of the construction sequence and photos taken during the construction indicate that the Torus mat was constructed first before the massive core foundation was put in place. In particular, the construction of the Torus mat was divided in four concrete segments, staring with the North-West Corner, followed by the South-East Corner, the North-East Corner and finally the South-West Corner. Finally, the central core foundation was pouredý As such there are a total number of four construction joints between the four mat segments, in addition to the joint between the core foundation and the surrounding Torus base mat. It has been earlier suggested that those construction joints could be the preferential path for water seepage.In order to check this suggestion, Figure 1 overlays in a plan view the pouring sequence with concrete joints and the bays in which water seepage has been observed.
: 4. Analysis 4.1 Correlating Construction History and Occurrence of Water Seepage The job drawings of the construction sequence and photos taken during the construction indicate that the Torus mat was constructed first before the massive core foundation was put in place. In particular, the construction of the Torus mat was divided in four concrete segments, staring with the North-West Corner, followed by the South-East Corner, the North-East Corner and finally the South-West Corner. Finally, the central core foundation was pouredý As such there are a total number of four construction joints between the four mat segments, in addition to the joint between
There appears to be a clear correlation between the construction sequence and the locus of occurrence of water. In particular:
 
(1) The water seepage observed in Bay #6 and #10, situated respectively on the North and the East side of the reactor foundation are situated in bays delineated to the inside by the core-mat construction joint, and separated in the center of the bay by one mat-to-mat construction segment joint.(2) The water seepage observed in bays #7, #11 and #13 are all delineated to the center by a core-mat construction joint characterized by a kink forming a more-or-less sharp wedged geometrical discontinuity.
the core foundation and the surrounding Torus base mat. It has been earlier suggested that those construction joints could be the preferential path for water seepage.
There appears to be, therefore, a strong indication in favor of the suggestion that the preferential paths for water seepage are construction joints. From a concrete material perspective, concrete construction joints are well-known to be the weak spot pf any concrete engineering application, due to so-called "wall effect", leading during pouring of the fresh concrete to a higher water-concentration compared to bulk concrete.
In order to check this suggestion, Figure 1 overlays in a plan view the pouring sequence with concrete joints and the bays in which water seepage has been observed. There appears to be a clear correlation between the construction sequence and the locus of occurrence of water. In particular:
This higher water concentration available for cement hydration leads to a higher final porosity of the concrete in the immediate surrounding (typically a fraction of I in) of the joints than in the concrete bulk. Since the flow of water occurs through this porosity, concrete construction joints form a preferential path for fluid conduction, as analyzed later on. With regard to the occurrence of water in specific bay areas, the following additional observations are made: (I) In bay #6 and #10, it is most likely that the water seepage originates from the 'T' junction of the mat-mat joint with the core-mat joint.(2) The fact,;hat the core foundation was constructed only after the mat may have had some important implications on the stresses that were most likely generated during the concrete hydration.
(1) The water seepage observed in Bay #6 and #10, situated respectively on the North and the East side of the reactor foundation are situated in bays delineated to the inside by the core-mat construction joint, and separated in the center of the bay by one mat-to-mat construction segment joint.
In fact, since hydration is an exothermic reaction, heat is generated during hydration, which leads to high temperature rises in massive concrete elements.
(2) The water seepage observed in bays #7, #11 and #13 are all delineated to the center by a core-mat construction joint characterized by a kink forming a more-or-less sharp wedged geometrical discontinuity.
This heat is transported through the concrete surface leading to a cooling over time of the concrete, until the concrete element reaches the ambient temperature  
There appears to be, therefore, a strong indication in favor of the suggestion that the preferential paths for water seepage are construction joints. From a concrete material perspective, concrete construction joints are well-known to be the weak spot pf any concrete engineering application, due to so-called "wall effect", leading during pouring of the fresh concrete to a higher water-concentration compared to bulk concrete. This higher water concentration available for cement hydration leads to a higher final porosity of the concrete in the immediate surrounding (typically a fraction of I in) of the joints than in the concrete bulk. Since the flow of water occurs through this porosity, concrete construction joints form a preferential path for fluid conduction, as analyzed later on. With regard to the occurrence of water in specific bay areas, the following additional observations are made:
[ I ]. Given the construction process, the base mat which had been poured first, must have been already in a state of cooling, when the much thicker core foundation was poured. Given the massive dimensions of the core foundation, the temperature in the core foundation is expected to have followed an almost adiabatic temperature rise. This temperature differential between the cooler mat and the hot core generates circumferential tension stresses in the mat immediately adjacent to the concrete joint. Indeed, a rough analysis Qf the stresses surrounding the core foundation shows that the circumferential (or hoop) stresses in the immediate vicinity of the joint are in tension if the temperature rise in the core had been twice the temperature rise in the mat. These stresses are amplified, in bay #7,#11,#13 by the presence of the wedge-shaped joint, leading to a significant stress amplification due to stress concentration which is typical for geometrical discontinuities.
(I) In bay #6 and #10, it is most likely that the water seepage originates from the 'T' junction of the mat-mat joint with the core-mat joint.
It is, therefore most likely that those wedge-shaped corners may have been additionally weakened during the differential hydration, forming some preferential path for water seepage.(3) The fact that most water seepage observed occurred on the North side may well be related to the direction of water flow below the foundation, flowing towards the sea situated on the North side.
(2) The fact,;hat the core foundation was constructed only after the mat may have had some important implications on the stresses that were most likely generated during the concrete hydration. In fact, since hydration is an exothermic reaction, heat is generated during hydration, which leads to high temperature rises in massive concrete elements. This heat is transported through the concrete surface leading to a cooling over time of the concrete, until the concrete element reaches the ambient temperature [ I]. Given the construction process, the base mat which had been poured first, must have been already in a state of cooling, when the much thicker core foundation was poured. Given the massive dimensions of the core foundation, the temperature in the core foundation is expected to have followed an almost adiabatic temperature rise. This temperature differential between the cooler mat and the hot core generates circumferential tension stresses in the mat immediately adjacent to the concrete joint. Indeed, a rough analysis Qf the stresses surrounding the core foundation shows that the circumferential (or hoop) stresses in the immediate vicinity of the joint are in tension if the temperature rise in the core had been twice the temperature rise in the mat. These stresses are amplified, in bay #7,#11,#13 by the presence of the wedge-shaped joint, leading to a significant stress amplification due to stress concentration which is typical for geometrical discontinuities. It is, therefore most likely that those wedge-shaped corners may have been additionally weakened during the differential hydration, forming some preferential path for water seepage.
North Bay #11 Bay #10 Bay Ba *2 222 ~ .. .......Bay#13Bay
(3) The fact that most water seepage observed occurred on the North side may well be related to the direction of water flow below the foundation, flowing towards the sea situated on the North side.
#7 Bay #14 -Bay #6 Bay #15 Bay #2 South Figure 1: Correlating concrete construction sequence with water seepage occurrence:
The dashed lines represent construction joints (re-constructed from shop-drawings), the patches represent observed water seepage in specific bays.It should be noted that those phenomena (higher porosity Of concrete close to joints, microcracks around geometrical discontinuities) are almost inevitable in massive concrete engineering applications due to the high exothermic nature of cement hydration.
It is for this reason that concrete design codes specify a minimum amount of steel reinforcement, which needs to bridge concrete construction joints. This reinforcement ensures the structural performance of the slab, despite some localized concrete material weakness along construction joints. This reinforcement, however, cannot eliminate neither the higher material porosity, nor the occurrence of microcracks.
It may eventually limit the microcrack opening and propagation; thus ensuring the structural performance of the concrete foundation.
4


===4.2 Seepage===
North Bay #11                Bay #10
through Concrete Bulk and Construction Joints The most likely source of the water seepage observed on the Torus floor is due to groundwater infiltration driven by the hydraulic head of the pore fluid under gravity forces. For purpose of analysis, the following assumptions are made: " The porosity of the 8 ft concrete mat is assumed to be fully saturated by liquid water. This seems to be a reasonable assumption, given that the 8 ft thick concrete slab would take some centuries I to dry to a level in equilibrium with the ambient humidity conditions inside the Torus room (see, for instance, [2,3]).* The 8 ft concrete slab is sufficiently homogeneous throughout its thickness.
                                        *2    222      ~    ..  .......
This allows one to condense the flow into a single material parameter, the intrinsic permeability of concrete.
Bay          Ba #112i**i Bay#13Bay                                                                            #7 Bay #14                          -                                                                              Bay #6 Bay #15 Bay #2 South Figure 1: Correlating concrete construction sequence with water seepage occurrence: The dashed lines represent construction joints (re-constructed from shop-drawings), the patches represent observed water seepage in specific bays.
For bulk concrete, typically values for the intrinsic permeability reported in the open literature vary between 10-1_10l6 m 2 , depending on the concrete mix proportion and curing conditions (see, for instance, [4]). The concrete composition and massiveness of the Torus base mat is indicative of an intrinsic permeability of 10,17 M 2.Under these assumptions the mass flux rate through the 8 ft concrete slab can be estimated using Darcy's Law. For reference, we first estimate the mass flux rate through the concrete bulk. For an hydraulic head difference of 24.5 ft between the bottom of the slab and the surface and an intrinsic permeability of 10,17 M 2 , these calculations Pyield a mass flux (per unit surface) through the concrete bulk of Q=0.02 kg/ (m 2 day) which amounts to 6.2 kg/ (m yr). Such a small amount of water (which generates daily a water film 17gm thin) is expected to evaporate almost instantaneously, and it is a clear indication that the water flux through the concrete bulk porosity cannot be at the origin of the observed water seepage. It hints towards a very localized nature of the water penetration.
It should be noted that those phenomena (higher porosity Of concrete close to joints, microcracks around geometrical discontinuities) are almost inevitable in massive concrete engineering applications due to the high exothermic nature of cement hydration. It is for this reason that concrete design codes specify a minimum amount of steel reinforcement, which needs to bridge concrete construction joints. This reinforcement ensures the structural performance of the slab, despite some localized concrete material weakness along construction joints. This reinforcement, however, cannot eliminate neither the higher material porosity, nor the occurrence of microcracks. It may eventually limit the microcrack opening and propagation; thus ensuring the structural performance of the concrete foundation.
Furthermore, the small value is , benchmark value for a first-order estimate of the size of the joint openings through which the water flow occurs.Indeed, it was observed that in a previously dried area water reappeared within a day or two generating a water film on-average 1/4 in thick2. This observation translates into a water flux of Q=3.2-6.4 kg/(m 2 day), which is substantially greater than the water flux through the concrete bulk.One can attempt to link this high flux rate to the space through which the flow occurs, by considering the flow of water through a cylinder of radius a in a cross section A (see, for instance [5]). In this simple model representation of the flow along the joints, the cylinder represents the joint opening, while the cross section represents the wetted surface in consequence of the flow through the cylinder.
4
These calculations provide an upper-bound estimate of the cylinder radius representing the characteristic size of the joint opening, and yield values for the pore throat radius in functions of the wetted surface area. The results which are displayed in Figure 2, indicate that the equivalent cylindrical "joint" opening, is on the order of 1-2 mm (-1/25 -1/12 in) for wetted surface areas of 5-20 m 2 (-50-200 ft 2) which was observed in some bay areas.It should be noted that this rough model overestimates the joint opening because it cumulates all possible joint openings into one single cylindrical shape. On the other hand, it provides an upper-bound estimate of the order of magnitude of the joint opening, which is expected to be in the sub-millimeter range, but substantially greater than the typical capillary pore size of concrete which is in the micrometer range.In all cases, the order of magnitude estimations of the water flow generated by the hydraulic head difference is clear evidence of a mal-functioning of the water-stop PVC membrane originally designed to control seepage at concrete construction joints.I Drying of concrete is an extremely slow process. It takes some 10 years to dry a slab of 12 cm thickness exposed on both sides to ambient conditions.
 
The drying duration increases with the square of the thickness.
4.2 Seepage through Concrete Bulk and Construction Joints The most likely source of the water seepage observed on the Torus floor is due to groundwater infiltration driven by the hydraulic head of the pore fluid under gravity forces. For purpose of analysis, the following assumptions are made:
Hence, over the last 35 years, the drying front in the torus room may have reached a depth of x = (35/10)0.5 x 6 = 11.2 cm = 4.4 in, which is negligible (5%) compared to the base mat thickness of 8 ft. In return, this drying may have caused some microcracking (almost invisible to the eye) in the concrete surface, expanding roughly half the depth of the drying front [3]. This microcracking scales with the mass loss and is little affected by an increase of the amount of steel reinforcement.
      "   The porosity of the 8 ft concrete mat is assumed to be fully saturated by liquid water. This seems to be a reasonable assumption, given that the 8 ft thick concrete slab would take some centuries I to dry to a level in equilibrium with the ambient humidity conditions inside the Torus room (see, for instance, [2,3]).
* The 8 ft concrete slab is sufficiently homogeneous throughout its thickness. This allows one to condense the flow into a single material parameter, the intrinsic permeability of concrete. For bulk concrete, typically values for the intrinsic permeability reported in the open literature vary between 10-1_10l6 m 2, depending on the concrete mix proportion and curing conditions (see, for instance, [4]). The concrete composition and massiveness of the Torus base mat is indicative of an intrinsic permeability of 10,17 M2 .
Under these assumptions the mass flux rate through the 8 ft concrete slab can be estimated using Darcy's Law. For reference, we first estimate the mass flux rate through the concrete bulk. For an hydraulic head difference of 24.5 ft between the bottom of the slab and the surface and an intrinsic permeability of 10,17 M2 , these calculations Pyield a mass flux (per unit surface) through the concrete bulk of Q=0.02 kg/ (m2day) which amounts to 6.2 kg/ (m yr). Such a small amount of water (which generates daily a water film 17gm thin) is expected to evaporate almost instantaneously, and it is a clear indication that the water flux through the concrete bulk porosity cannot be at the origin of the observed water seepage. It hints towards a very localized nature of the water penetration. Furthermore, the small value is , benchmark value for a first-order estimate of the size of the joint openings through which the water flow occurs.
Indeed, it was observed that in a previously dried area water reappeared within a day or two generating a water film on-average 1/4 in thick2. This observation translates into a water flux of Q=3.2-6.4 kg/(m 2day), which is substantially greater than the water flux through the concrete bulk.
One can attempt to link this high flux rate to the space through which the flow occurs, by considering the flow of water through a cylinder of radius a in a cross section A (see, for instance [5]). In this simple model representation of the flow along the joints, the cylinder represents the joint opening, while the cross section represents the wetted surface in consequence of the flow through the cylinder. These calculations provide an upper-bound estimate of the cylinder radius representing the characteristic size of the joint opening, and yield values for the pore throat radius in functions of the wetted surface area. The results which are displayed in Figure 2, indicate that the equivalent cylindrical "joint" opening, is on the order of 1-2 mm (-1/25 - 1/12 in) for wetted surface areas of 5-20 m2 ( 200 ft2) which was observed in some bay areas.
It should be noted that this rough model overestimates the joint opening because it cumulates all possible joint openings into one single cylindrical shape. On the other hand, it provides an upper-bound estimate of the order of magnitude of the joint opening, which is expected to be in the sub-millimeter range, but substantially greater than the typical capillary pore size of concrete which is in the micrometer range.
In all cases, the order of magnitude estimations of the water flow generated by the hydraulic head difference is clear evidence of a mal-functioning of the water-stop PVC membrane originally designed to control seepage at concrete construction joints.
I Drying of concrete is an extremely slow process. It takes some 10 years to dry a slab of 12 cm thickness exposed on both sides to ambient conditions. The drying duration increases with the square of the thickness. Hence, over the last 35 years, the drying front in the torus room may have reached a depth of x = (35/10)0.5 x 6 = 11.2 cm = 4.4 in, which is negligible (5%) compared to the base mat thickness of 8 ft. In return, this drying may have caused some microcracking (almost invisible to the eye) in the concrete surface, expanding roughly half the depth of the drying front [3]. This microcracking scales with the mass loss and is little affected by an increase of the amount of steel reinforcement.
2 John Dyckman, email March 16, 2007.
2 John Dyckman, email March 16, 2007.
0.0025 0.002 I2 0,0015-0.001 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 Wetted Surface Area A [m2]Figure 2: Estimated equivalent cylindrical joint size as a function of the wetted surface area. The upper curve is based on water re-appearance within one day, the lower curve on water re-appearance in two days.4.3 Effect of Calcium Leaching When concrete is put in contact with water having a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium calcium concentration, calcium is leached from the concrete into the pore solution[
The equilibrium concentration of calcium in the pore solution is roughly 480 mg/L (see e.g. [6-7]), meaning that if the calcium concentration in the pore solution is below this threshold value calcium is dissolved
("leached")
from the solid into the pore solution.
The consequence of leaching is a substantial increase in the porosity (due to the dissolution of Portlandite) and a substantial loss in mechanical stiffness and strength properties
[6,8].Water collected frpm the Torus room and analyzed chemically3 showed a calcium concentration of 230 mg/L, which is smaller than the equilibrium calcium concentration.
As a consequence, it cannot be excluded that calcium leaching occurred along the preferential path of groundwater intrusion.
In favor of this suggestion is the observation that evaporation residues furthermore show a 31 mw% of calcium4.Fortunately, calcium leaching is a very slow process: the calcium leaching front advances 0.115 mm/4day; which means that over the last 35 years the leaching may have dissolved the calcium in a layer maximum 13 mm (-1/2 in)thick. In other words, in the life span of the power plant, calcium leaching has no effect on the bulk integrity and structural performance of the concrete foundation.
On the other hand, it cannot be excluded that calcium leaching may have contributed to the weakening of the construction joints over the years. In fact, the calcium leaching may have contributed to the joint opening through which groundwater (at a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium concentration) penetrates.
The way by which calcium leaching is most likely to affect the joint opening is sketched in Figure 3, showing dissolution fronts originating from the bottom side around a joint (left). The figure shows that the dissolution generates a vertical wedge-shaped dissolution pattern around the joint, which propagates upward through the slab in a self-similar fashion. These dissolution fronts scale linearly with the water-velocity in the joint and the joint opening [9]; which means that the higher the water flow through the joint, the more advanced the vertical position of the degraded zone.Measurements of the flow rate through the joints could make it possible to estimate the current height of the leaching front in the 8 ft base mat. In the absence of such measurements, it is not possible to exclude that leaching by groundwater may have reached the grout of the Williams rock anchored (2ft below surface), leaching the calcium of the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in Williams rock anchor.3 Northeast laboratory Services Report, dated 03/i 9/2007.4 Northeast Laboratory Services Report, dated 03/15/2007.
(a)(b)(c)(d)Figure 3: Dissolution Fronts around a joint through which water flows with a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium concentration.
For a flow velocity of V=10 cm/d and a joint opening of 0.4 mm, (a) 27 years; (b) 158 years; (c) 318 years; (d) 438 years. The vertical height in this figure is 5 cm (reproduced from[9]).4.4 Effect of pH Value Compared to the groundwater (pH -6.7)5, the water collected in the Torus bay has a pH value of 9.3 -9.46. This pH value is belowathe typical pH- 12 value found in the highly basic interstitial pore solution of concrete, and it is consistent with the observation of a lower-than-equilibrium calcium concentration in the water seepage. Given the very low flow rates through the bulk of the concrete slab, it is reasonable to expect that a high pH-12 value prevails in the pore solution of the concrete bulk, while the slightly lower pH value of 9.3 -9.4 only occurs locally in the water penetrating through the joint openings.
In all cases, both pH values are in a range that should prevent or minimize reinforcement corrosion.
To ascertain this suggestion, a refined chemical analysis of the water may be helpful, one in which not only the pH value is measured (which represents the H' cation concentration), but as well other quantities, such as the CI-/OH- concentration ratio in water. Such corrosion indicators have recently been identified to provide a more comprehensive measure of the onset of corrosion, as it requires a critical amount of CF-to start the corrosion (see, for instance, [10] and references cited herein).5. Summary of;Analysis and Recommendation The analysis of observations and documents relating to the groundwater intrusion into some bays of the Torus room allows for the following preliminary conclusions:
: 1. The observed groundwater penetration is a highly localized phenomenon.
It is caused by the high hydraulic head difference, pushing groundwater through vertical joints and zones most likely weakened by tensions 5 SAIC Report dated July 17, 2006.6 Northeast laboratory Services Report, dated 03/19/2007 generated during setting and hydration following the construction.
These zones are discontinuities equivalent to a vertical cylindrical hole of a maximum diameter of 4 mm (1/6th in).2. The calcium concentration of the collected groundwater is smaller than the equilibrium calcium concentration in cementitious materials.
As a consequence calcium leaching is expected to take place. The highly localized nature of the water penetration ensures that this leaching has no effect neither on the bulk integrity of the concrete, nor on the overall structural performance of the reactor foundation. (In fact, a vertical cylinder of 4 mm diameter in a -142 ft x 142 ft foundation slab, will not compromise neither its compressive load distributiot?
function nor the bending capacity of the slab.)3. Thus, the effects of calcium leaching are localized around the vertical joints and other vertical discontinuities present in the slab. Depending on the flow velocity, leaching may have affected the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in diameter Williams rock anchor, compromising the grout's stiffness and strength.
It is recommended to inspect whether the grout has been chemically degraded.4. The lower pH-value of the collected groundwater is consistent with the observation of a lower-than-equilibrium calcium concentration.
Since the phenomenon is localized around some weak spots along the construction joints, it is unlikely that this locally lower pH value substantially increases the risk of reinforcement corrosion.
To further prevent and minimize the risk of reinforcement corrosion, a refined chemical analysis is recommended to measure relevant corrosion indicators, such as the CI-/OH-concentration ratio, and to compare those corrosion indicators with now well-established corrosion thresholds
[101. A close-up inspection of the Williams rock anchors may complement this evidence of a non-detectable corrosion risk.In summary, the analysis provides evidence that the observed groundwater penetration does not compromise the structural performance of the Torus base mat. It is recommended that any corrective measurement should be based on a prior identification of the exact location of the weak points along the construction joints, and a detailed analysis of the degradation state of both the grout and the bolt of the William rock anchor system.References
[ I ] Ulm FJ, Coussy O Couplings in early-age concrete:
From material modeling to structural design INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES 35 (31-32): 4295-4311 NOV 1998[2] Acker P, Ulm FJ Creep and shrinkage of concrete:
physical origins and practical measurements NUCLEAR ENGINEERING AND DESIGN 203 (2-3): 143-158 JAN 2001[3] Ulm FJ, RossiP, Schaller I, Chauvel D Durability scaling of cracking in HPC structures subject to hygromechanical gradients JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING-ASCE 125 (6): 693-702 JUN 1999[4] Claisse PA, Ganjian E, Adham TA In situ measurement of the intrinsic permeability of concrete MAGAZINE OF CONCRETE RESEARCH 55 (2): 125-132 APR 2003[5] Dormieux L, Kondo D, Ulm FJ Microporomechanics J. WILEY & SONS, CHICHESTER, UK[6] Ulm FJ, Torrenti JM, Adenot F Chemoporoplasticity of calcium leaching in concrete JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS-ASCE 125 (10): 1200-1211 OCT 1999[7] Mainguy M, Coussy 0 Propagation fronts during calcium leaching and chloride penetration JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS-ASCE 126 (3): 250-257 MAR 2000
[8] Ulm FJ, Heukamp FH, Germaine JT Residual design strength of cement-based materials for nuclear waste storage systems NUCLEAR ENGINEERING AND DESIGN 211 (1): 51-60 JAN 2002[9] Mainguy M, Ulm FJ, Heukamp FH Similarity properties of demineralization and degradation of cracked porous materials INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES 38 (40-41): 7079-7 100 OCT 2001[10] Alonso C, Andrade C, Castellote M, et al.Chloride threshold values to depassivate reinforcing bars embedded in a standardized OPC mortar CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH 30 (7): 1047-1055 JUL 2000 ATTACHMENT E to Letter 2.07.027 (22 pages)Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS 4 VStructural Integrity Associates, Inc. File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 CALCULATION PACKAGE Project No.: PNPS-27Q PROJECT NAME: Evaluation of Fluence Issues for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station CONTRACT NO.: 4500555337, Rev. -1 CLIENT: Entergy jNuclear Northeast PLANT: Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station CALCULATION TITLE: Evaluation of Fluence Issues for PNPS Document Affected Project Manager Preparer(s)
&Revision Pages Revision Description Approval Checker(s)
Signature
& Date Signatures
& Date 1 3, 8, 9, 10, & 12 Update Sections 1.0, 4.5, T. J. Griesbach T. J. Griesbach 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0 4/30/07 4/30/07 G. L. Stevens 4/30/07 Contains References to Proprietary Information Page 1 of 22 F0306-OI RO Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Table of Contents 1.0 IN TR O D U CTIO N ...............................................................................................................
3 2.0 TECHNICAL APPROACH ......................................................................................
3 3.0 ASSUMPTIONS
/ DESIGN INPUTS ......................................
4 4.0 C A L C U L A T IO N S ........................................................................................................................
4 5.0 RESULTS OF AN ALY SIS .....................................................................................................
9


==6.0 CONCLUSION==
0.0025 0.002 I2 0,0015-0.001 0
S AND DISCUSSIONS  
0            5            10          15          20          25 Wetted Surface Area A [m2]
................................................................................
Figure 2: Estimated equivalent cylindrical joint size as a function of the wetted surface area. The upper curve is based on water re-appearance within one day, the lower curve on water re-appearance in two days.
10 7.0 R E FE R E N C E S ...........................................................................................................................
4.3 Effect of Calcium Leaching When concrete is put in contact with water having a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium calcium concentration, calcium is leached from the concrete into the pore solution[ The equilibrium concentration of calcium in the pore solution is roughly 480 mg/L (see e.g. [6-7]), meaning that if the calcium concentration in the pore solution is below this threshold value calcium is dissolved ("leached") from the solid into the pore solution. The consequence of leaching is a substantial increase in the porosity (due to the dissolution of Portlandite) and a substantial loss in mechanical stiffness and strength properties [6,8].
11 List of Tables Table 1: Beltline Curve A for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence ...................
Water collected frpm the Torus room and analyzed chemically3 showed a calcium concentration of 230 mg/L, which is smaller than the equilibrium calcium concentration. As a consequence, it cannot be excluded that calcium leaching occurred along the preferential path of groundwater intrusion. In favor of this suggestion is the observation that evaporation residues furthermore show a 31 mw% of calcium4.
13 Table 2: PNPS ART Calculations for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence .............
Fortunately, calcium leaching is a very slow process: the calcium leaching front advances 0.115 mm/4day; which means that over the last 35 years the leaching may have dissolved the calcium in a layer maximum 13 mm (-1/2 in) thick. In other words, in the life span of the power plant, calcium leaching has no effect on the bulk integrity and structural performance of the concrete foundation. On the other hand, it cannot be excluded that calcium leaching may have contributed to the weakening of the construction joints over the years. In fact, the calcium leaching may have contributed to the joint opening through which groundwater (at a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium concentration) penetrates. The way by which calcium leaching is most likely to affect the joint opening is sketched in Figure 3, showing dissolution fronts originating from the bottom side around a joint (left). The figure shows that the dissolution generates a vertical wedge-shaped dissolution pattern around the joint, which propagates upward through the slab in a self-similar fashion. These dissolution fronts scale linearly with the water-velocity in the joint and the joint opening [9]; which means that the higher the water flow through the joint, the more advanced the vertical position of the degraded zone.
14 Table 3: PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (Without 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) ...........................................  
Measurements of the flow rate through the joints could make it possible to estimate the current height of the leaching front in the 8 ft base mat. In the absence of such measurements, it is not possible to exclude that leaching by groundwater may have reached the grout of the Williams rock anchored (2ft below surface), leaching the calcium of the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in Williams rock anchor.
......................................
3 Northeast laboratory Services Report, dated 03/i 9/2007.
15 Table 4: PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (With 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) .................................................................................
4 Northeast Laboratory Services Report, dated 03/15/2007.
16 Table 5: PNPS Maximum Projected Fluence and USE Drop for Vessel Beltline Materials  
 
...........
(a)                        (b)                          (c)                        (d)
17 Table 6: Effects of Irradiation on RPV Axial Weld Properties  
Figure 3: Dissolution Fronts around a joint through which water flows with a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium concentration. For a flow velocity of V=10 cm/d and a joint opening of 0.4 mm, (a) 27 years; (b) 158 years; (c) 318 years; (d) 438 years. The vertical height in this figure is 5 cm (reproduced from
.........................
[9]).
18 Table 7: Effects of Irradiation on RPV Circumferential Weld Properties  
4.4 Effect of pH Value Compared to the groundwater (pH - 6.7)5, the water collected in the Torus bay has a pH value of 9.3 - 9.46. This pH value is belowathe typical pH- 12 value found in the highly basic interstitial pore solution of concrete, and it is consistent with the observation of a lower-than-equilibrium calcium concentration in the water seepage. Given the very low flow rates through the bulk of the concrete slab, it is reasonable to expect that a high pH-12 value prevails in the pore solution of the concrete bulk, while the slightly lower pH value of 9.3 - 9.4 only occurs locally in the water penetrating through the joint openings. In all cases, both pH values are in a range that should prevent or minimize reinforcement corrosion. To ascertain this suggestion, a refined chemical analysis of the water may be helpful, one in which not only the pH value is measured (which represents the H' cation concentration), but as well other quantities, such as the CI-/OH- concentration ratio in water. Such corrosion indicators have recently been identified to provide a more comprehensive measure of the onset of corrosion, as it requires a critical amount of CF-to start the corrosion (see, for instance, [10] and references cited herein).
....... I ......................
: 5. Summary of;Analysis and Recommendation The analysis of observations and documents relating to the groundwater intrusion into some bays of the Torus room allows for the following preliminary conclusions:
19 List of Figures Figure 1: Pressure Test P-T Curve (Curve A) for 54 EFPY with Bias CF on Fluence .................
: 1. The observed groundwater penetration is a highly localized phenomenon. It is caused by the high hydraulic head difference, pushing groundwater through vertical joints and zones most likely weakened by tensions 5 SAIC Report dated July 17, 2006.
20 Figure 2: Calculated Hydrotest Temperature and 1/4t ART versus Fluence ................................
6 Northeast laboratory Services Report, dated 03/19/2007
21 Figure 3: Predicted Decrease in Shelf Energy as a Function of Pct. Copper and Fluence ...........
 
22 File No.: PNPS-27Q,.301 Page 2 of 22 Revision:
generated during setting and hydration following the construction. These zones are discontinuities equivalent to a vertical cylindrical hole of a maximum diameter of 4 mm (1/6th in).
I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.
: 2. The calcium concentration of the collected groundwater is smaller than the equilibrium calcium concentration in cementitious materials. As a consequence calcium leaching is expected to take place. The highly localized nature of the water penetration ensures that this leaching has no effect neither on the bulk integrity of the concrete, nor on the overall structural performance of the reactor foundation. (In fact, a vertical cylinder of 4 mm diameter in a - 142 ft x 142 ft foundation slab, will not compromise neither its compressive load distributiot? function nor the bending capacity of the slab.)
: 3. Thus, the effects of calcium leaching are localized around the vertical joints and other vertical discontinuities present in the slab. Depending on the flow velocity, leaching may have affected the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in diameter Williams rock anchor, compromising the grout's stiffness and strength. It is recommended to inspect whether the grout has been chemically degraded.
: 4. The lower pH-value of the collected groundwater is consistent with the observation of a lower-than-equilibrium calcium concentration. Since the phenomenon is localized around some weak spots along the construction joints, it is unlikely that this locally lower pH value substantially increases the risk of reinforcement corrosion. To further prevent and minimize the risk of reinforcement corrosion, a refined chemical analysis is recommended to measure relevant corrosion indicators, such as the CI-/OH-concentration ratio, and to compare those corrosion indicators with now well-established corrosion thresholds
[101. A close-up inspection of the Williams rock anchors may complement this evidence of a non-detectable corrosion risk.
In summary, the analysis provides evidence that the observed groundwater penetration does not compromise the structural performance of the Torus base mat. It is recommended that any corrective measurement should be based on a prior identification of the exact location of the weak points along the construction joints, and a detailed analysis of the degradation state of both the grout and the bolt of the William rock anchor system.
References
[ I ] Ulm FJ, Coussy O Couplings in early-age concrete: From material modeling to structural design INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES 35 (31-32): 4295-4311 NOV 1998
[2] Acker P, Ulm FJ Creep and shrinkage of concrete: physical origins and practical measurements NUCLEAR ENGINEERING AND DESIGN 203 (2-3): 143-158 JAN 2001
[3] Ulm FJ, RossiP, Schaller I, Chauvel D Durability scaling of cracking in HPC structures subject to hygromechanical gradients JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING-ASCE 125 (6): 693-702 JUN 1999
[4] Claisse PA, Ganjian E, Adham TA In situ measurement of the intrinsic permeability of concrete MAGAZINE OF CONCRETE RESEARCH 55 (2): 125-132 APR 2003
[5] Dormieux L, Kondo D, Ulm FJ Microporomechanics J. WILEY & SONS, CHICHESTER, UK
[6] Ulm FJ, Torrenti JM, Adenot F Chemoporoplasticity of calcium leaching in concrete JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS-ASCE 125 (10): 1200-1211 OCT 1999
[7] Mainguy M, Coussy 0 Propagation fronts during calcium leaching and chloride penetration JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS-ASCE 126 (3): 250-257 MAR 2000
 
[8] Ulm FJ, Heukamp FH, Germaine JT Residual design strength of cement-based materials for nuclear waste storage systems NUCLEAR ENGINEERING AND DESIGN 211 (1): 51-60 JAN 2002
[9] Mainguy M, Ulm FJ, Heukamp FH Similarity properties of demineralization and degradation of cracked porous materials INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES 38 (40-41): 7079-7 100 OCT 2001
[10] Alonso C, Andrade C, Castellote M, et al.
Chloride threshold values to depassivate reinforcing bars embedded in a standardized OPC mortar CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH 30 (7): 1047-1055 JUL 2000
 
ATTACHMENT E to Letter 2.07.027 (22 pages)
Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS 4
 
VStructural          Integrity Associates, Inc.        File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 CALCULATION PACKAGE                              Project No.: PNPS-27Q PROJECT NAME: Evaluation of Fluence Issues for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station CONTRACT NO.: 4500555337, Rev. -1 CLIENT: Entergy jNuclear Northeast              PLANT: Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station CALCULATION TITLE: Evaluation of Fluence Issues for PNPS Document      Affected                                    Project Manager          Preparer(s) &
Revision      Pages          Revision Description            Approval              Checker(s)
Signature & Date      Signatures & Date 1    3, 8, 9, 10, & 12  Update Sections 1.0, 4.5,    T. J. Griesbach        T. J. Griesbach 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0            4/30/07                4/30/07 G. L. Stevens 4/30/07 Contains References to Proprietary Information Page 1 of 22 F0306-OI RO
 
StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
Table of Contents 1.0  INTR O D U CTIO N ...............................................................................................................                    3 2.0  TECHNICAL APPROACH ......................................................................................                                            3 3.0  ASSUMPTIONS / DESIGN INPUTS ......................................                                                                                  4 4.0  C AL C UL A T IO N S ........................................................................................................................        4 5.0  RESULTS OF AN ALY SIS .....................................................................................................                          9
 
==6.0   CONCLUSION==
S AND DISCUSSIONS ................................................................................                                       10 7.0   RE FE REN CE S ...........................................................................................................................         11 List of Tables Table 1: Beltline Curve A for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence ................... 13 Table 2: PNPS ART Calculations for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence ............. 14 Table 3: PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (Without 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) ...........................................                           ...................................... 15 Table 4: PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (With 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) ................................................................................. 16 Table 5: PNPS Maximum Projected Fluence and USE Drop for Vessel Beltline Materials ........... 17 18 Table 6: Effects of Irradiation on RPV Axial Weld Properties .........................
Table 7: Effects of Irradiation on RPV Circumferential Weld Properties ....... I...................... 19 List of Figures Figure 1: Pressure Test P-T Curve (Curve A) for 54 EFPY with Bias CF on Fluence ................. 20 Figure 2: Calculated Hydrotest Temperature and 1/4t ART versus Fluence ................................ 21 Figure 3: Predicted Decrease in Shelf Energy as a Function of Pct. Copper and Fluence ........... 22 File No.: PNPS-27Q,.301                                                                                                                             Page 2 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO
 
StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
 
==1.0    INTRODUCTION==
 
The recent fluence re-evaluation for the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) reactor pressure vessel (RPV) using the EPRI RAMA code required an increased fluence bias correction factor (CF) of 1.78 to adjust for the benchmarking discrepancy with the cycle 4 surveillance capsule dosimetry results [I]. A rigorous technical explanation for this bias has not been determined. As a result, the NRC will not accept the PNPS fluence calculations for application to future plant operation without further justification. In response to this, Entergy Nuclear Northeast (ENN) has requested SI to perform an additional evaluation to demonstrate adequate vessel life prediction through the extended 60-year operating period with respect to the fluence projections.
Increasing fluence has an effect on the toughness of the RPV materials. This is measured by an increase in the adjusted reference temperature (ART) and a decrease in the upper shelf energy (USE) of the RPV beltline materials. The PNPS FSAR identifies the vessel as being controlling for all reactor pressure boundary carbon steel components [17]. The ASME Code [2] and 10CFR50, Appendix G [3] give criteria for maintaining pressure boundary integrity including the effects of materials degradation due to irradiation damage. Additional evaluations for equivalent margins have been submitted to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and approved for use by boiling water reactors (BWRs) for Charpy USE drop. These equivalent margin analyses for USE are published in BWRVIP-74-A [4]. In addition, BWRVIP-05 [5] provides a technical basis for alternative inspection requirements of the RPV shell welds to eliminate inspections of circumferential welds. The methods and criteria in these documents form the basis for demonstrating vessel integrity margins, including the effects of plant aging due to fluence.
ENN performed an integrated plant assessment (IPE) to extend the operating license of PNPS.
This included a review of the time-limited aging analyses (TLAA) and exemptions to IOCFR50 for the period of extended operation [6]. Increasing fluence is one aspect considered in the TLAAs. The calculated fluence in the vessel using the method from Reference [1] is projected through 54 effective full power years (EFPY) without a bias correction factor. The results of that study are now being reevaluated using assumed fluences greater than the previously calculated results. This analysis for PNPS uses the established methods and criteria for evaluating embrittlement for fluence levels exceeding the previously projected end-of-license fluence in the vessel.
2.0    TECHNICAL APPROACH The shift in the ART and a decrease in the USE for ferritic materials are predicted by Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2 [7]. The embrittlement trend curves are a function of File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                              Page 3 of 22 Revision: 1 -
Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1 RO
 
StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
copper (Cu) content, nickel (Ni) content, and fluence; different trend curves apply for welds and base metals. The materials in the RPV that must be monitored for irradiation effects are the regions where significant fluence levels are projected (> lxlO' 7 n/cm2 , E > 1 MeV), and those materials are characterized as beltline materials. Analyses of all of the beltline materials for the PNPS vessel, determine the weld or plate that is the limiting RPV beltline material. The properties of that limiting beltline material are then used to calculate the operating heatup, cooldown; and pressure test curves. Those calculations were performed previously for the PNPS RPV for a fluence up to 54 EFPY using fluence projections with and without the 1.78 bias correction factor [8, 9]. The calculations show that there is no RPV integrity concern for 54 EFPY even with the bias corrected fluence.
To further demonstrate that the fluence uncertainty issue for PNPS is not a concern, additional analyses are being performed in this calculation assuming even greater fluence levels in the RPV beyond the 54 EFPY predicted fluence values with the 1.78 bias correction factor. The fluence levels are assumed to increase until a criterion for operability can no longer be maintained. When that limit is determined, the calculated factor on fluence is an indication of the conservatism against brittle fracture of the RPV (or some other criteria) in order to accommodate the observed uncertainty in the fluence calculations.
3.0    ASSUMPTIONS / DESIGN INPUTS
: 1. The pressure for the pressure test is normal operating pressure (1,035 psig) from Reference [10].
: 2. The maximum test temperature for the hydrotest is 212'F per the PNPS Technical Specifications
[11 ]. (Note that this is an operational limit, not a brittle fracture limit.)
4.0    CALCULATIONS 4.1 Maximum Fluence to Perform Hydrotest Irradiation by high energy neutrons raises the RTNDT of the reactor vessel materials. The ART is defined as RTNDT + ARTNDT + Margin in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2 [7].
The pressure-temperature (P-T) curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel material. The calculated hydrotest pressure vs. temperature curve (Curve A) results for 54 EFPY are shown in Table I and in Figure 1 [8]. The PNPS projected values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY were calculated with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [9]. The projected values of ART are shown in Table 2. The hydrotest pressure is the normal operating pressure, which is 1,035 psig [10]. The system hydrostatic test temperature is calculated tomeet the requirements of ASME Section XI, Appendix G, Article G-2400 [2]. The system hydrostatic test should be performed at a temperature not lower than the highest required temperature for any component in the system. For PNPS, the limiting component is the beltline File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                            Page 4 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO


==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
material with the highest ART value at the quarter-thickness (1/4t) location. From Table 2, the limiting materials are the lower intermediate shell longitudinal welds #1 and #3.
The maximum calculated ART value for these welds at 54 EFPY is 122.7TF. This corresponds to a l/4t fluence value of 1.46x1018 n/cm 2, including the 1.78 bias correction factor. The hydrotest temperature at this fluence is 152.5°F. This hydrotest temperature is interpolated linearly from the values from Table 1 as follows:
Hydrotest        Hydrotest Temperature      Pressure (OF)          (psig) 150            1,007 152.5          1,035 155          1,063 The temperature difference between the 1/4t ART value and the hydrotest temperature is calculated to be 29.8°F. This temperature difference is assumed to be constant for increasing fluence and ART values, so the maximum fluence to conduct the hydrotest can be calculated from the maximum achievable temperature to perform the hydrotest, which is 212'F for PNPS
[11]. The 1/4t fluence and corresponding 1/4t ART for the limiting welds are increased until the hydrotest temperature of 212'F is reached. From the table below it is noted that the maximum 1/4t fluence of 4.12x 1018 n/cm 2 corresponds to a 1/4t ART value of 182.2°F for a hydrotest temperature of 212'F, the maximum temperature to perform the hydrotest at PNPS.
Calculation of Hydrotest Maximum Temperature and Fluence 1/4t        1/4t  Hydrotest      Temp.        Fluence Fluence      ART      Temp.      Difference      Ratio (nlcm 2 )'    (*F)      (OF)        (OF) 1.46E+18      122.7      152.5        29.8          1.00 2.00E+18      139.6      169.4        29.8          1.37 3.OOE+18      162.9      192.7        29.8          2.05 4.00E+18        180.4      210.2        29.8          2.74 4.12E+18        182.2      212        29.8          2.82      maximum fluence to conduct hydrotest < 212&deg;F 4.50E+18        187.8      217.6        29.8          3.08 5.OOE+18        194.4      224.2        29.8          3.42 The calculated hydrotest temperature and 1/4t ART values versus fluence are shown in Figure 2.
A fluence ratio of 2.82 is the ratio of the maximum 1/4t fluence at the limiting vessel beltline welds compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor. In other words, the fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor would have to be increased by an additional factor of 2.82 before the limiting hydrotest temperature of 212'F is reached.
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                              Page 5 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO


The recent fluence re-evaluation for the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) reactor pressure vessel (RPV) using the EPRI RAMA code required an increased fluence bias correction factor (CF) of 1.78 to adjust for the benchmarking discrepancy with the cycle 4 surveillance capsule dosimetry results [I]. A rigorous technical explanation for this bias has not been determined.
StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.
As a result, the NRC will not accept the PNPS fluence calculations for application to future plant operation without further justification.
4.2 Maximum Fluence to Maintain Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Appendix G of 10CFR50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper shelf energy...of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb." Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2, Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials,defines the method for predicting upper shelf energy drop in terms of a percentage from the unirradiated value. Figure 3 shows the predicted Charpy upper shelf energy for welds and base metals as a function of copper content and fluence.
In response to this, Entergy Nuclear Northeast (ENN) has requested SI to perform an additional evaluation to demonstrate adequate vessel life prediction through the extended 60-year operating period with respect to the fluence projections.
The predicted Charpy upper shelf energy (CRUSE) values for PNPS at 54 EFPY were determined previously for the PNPS license renewal project [6]. The predicted CVUSE values based on the Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position I method are shown in Table 3. The predicted values for CvUSE using the 54 EFPY fluences with the 1.78 bias correction factor are shown in Table 4. It is noted that all projected USE values are above 50 ft-lbs, even with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence. The USE limit shows a minimum fluence ratio of 4.9 for the projected fluence to reach 50 ft-lbs for the lower intermediate shell axial welds, as shown in Table 5. Because the USE values are always greater than 50 ft-lbs., the equivalent margin method of BWRVIP-74-A is not required.
Increasing fluence has an effect on the toughness of the RPV materials.
4.3    Maximum Fluence Bounded by the Reactor Vessel Weld Failure Probability The BWVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds in BWRVIP-05 [5]
This is measured by an increase in the adjusted reference temperature (ART) and a decrease in the upper shelf energy (USE) of the RPV beltline materials.
are based on generic analyses supporting a Safety Evaluation Review (SER) conclusion that the generic plant axial weld failure rate is no greater than 5xl0-6 per reactor year [12] at the end of 40 years. BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.
The PNPS FSAR identifies the vessel as being controlling for all reactor pressure boundary carbon steel components
PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term [13]. The basis for this relief request was a plant specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term were less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER [12].
[17]. The ASME Code [2] and 1OCFR50, Appendix G [3] give criteria for maintaining pressure boundary integrity including the effects of materials degradation due to irradiation damage. Additional evaluations for equivalent margins have been submitted to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and approved for use by boiling water reactors (BWRs) for Charpy USE drop. These equivalent margin analyses for USE are published in BWRVIP-74-A  
Table 6 contains a comparison of the PNPS reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used~in the NRC analysis. The data in column two (CE) is from Table 2.6-5 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 [12]. The data in the third column (PNPS) is the projected 54 EFPY data for PNPS without the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [6]. (For consistency with the NRC evaluation, the RTNDT is calculated without the margin term.) The data in column four (PNPS with Bias CF) is the projected 54 EFPY data for PNPS with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence.
[4]. In addition, BWRVIP-05  
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                            Page 6 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1RO
[5] provides a technical basis for alternative inspection requirements of the RPV shell welds to eliminate inspections of circumferential welds. The methods and criteria in these documents form the basis for demonstrating vessel integrity margins, including the effects of plant aging due to fluence.ENN performed an integrated plant assessment (IPE) to extend the operating license of PNPS.This included a review of the time-limited aging analyses (TLAA) and exemptions to IOCFR50 for the period of extended operation
[6]. Increasing fluence is one aspect considered in the TLAAs. The calculated fluence in the vessel using the method from Reference
[1] is projected through 54 effective full power years (EFPY) without a bias correction factor. The results of that study are now being reevaluated using assumed fluences greater than the previously calculated results. This analysis for PNPS uses the established methods and criteria for evaluating embrittlement for fluence levels exceeding the previously projected end-of-license fluence in the vessel.2.0 TECHNICAL APPROACH The shift in the ART and a decrease in the USE for ferritic materials are predicted by Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2 [7]. The embrittlement trend curves are a function of File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 3 of 22 Revision:
1 -Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1 RO Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.copper (Cu) content, nickel (Ni) content, and fluence; different trend curves apply for welds and base metals. The materials in the RPV that must be monitored for irradiation effects are the regions where significant fluence levels are projected
(> lxlO'7 n/cm 2 , E > 1 MeV), and those materials are characterized as beltline materials.
Analyses of all of the beltline materials for the PNPS vessel, determine the weld or plate that is the limiting RPV beltline material.
The properties of that limiting beltline material are then used to calculate the operating heatup, cooldown; and pressure test curves. Those calculations were performed previously for the PNPS RPV for a fluence up to 54 EFPY using fluence projections with and without the 1.78 bias correction factor [8, 9]. The calculations show that there is no RPV integrity concern for 54 EFPY even with the bias corrected fluence.To further demonstrate that the fluence uncertainty issue for PNPS is not a concern, additional analyses are being performed in this calculation assuming even greater fluence levels in the RPV beyond the 54 EFPY predicted fluence values with the 1.78 bias correction factor. The fluence levels are assumed to increase until a criterion for operability can no longer be maintained.
When that limit is determined, the calculated factor on fluence is an indication of the conservatism against brittle fracture of the RPV (or some other criteria) in order to accommodate the observed uncertainty in the fluence calculations.


===3.0 ASSUMPTIONS===
StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.
          'Column five (PNPS Limit) shows the maximum fluence and RTNDT to assure that the limiting axial weld remains bounded by the value of 172.47F determined from the CEOG and accepted in the SER [12]. The maximum ID fluence of 8.48x1018 n/cm 2 gives a fluence ratio of 4.18 compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor.
Table 7 contains a comparison of the PNPS reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis. The data in column two (CE) is from Table 2.6-5 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 [12]. The data in the third column (PNPS) is the projected 54 EFPY data for the PNPS circumferential weld without the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [6]. The data in column four (PNPS with Bias CF) is the projected 54 EFPY data for the PNPS circumferential weld with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence. Column five (PNPS Limit) shows the maximum fluence and RTNDT to assure that the PNPS circumferential weld remains bounded by the value of 128.5&deg;F determined          from 2
9 the CEOG and accepted in the SER [12]. The maximum ID fluence of 1.14x10' n/cm gives a fluence ratio of 7.35 compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor.
PNPS obtained relief from the examination of RPV circumferential welds related to the augmented shell weld examination requirements contained in 10CFR50.55a(g)(6)(ii)(A)(5).
The reduction in scope of these inspections from essentially 100 percent of all RPV shell welds to-examination of essentially 100 percent of the axial welds and essentially zero percent of the circumferential welds was based on the NRC staff determination that the conditional probability of failure for these welds was within the acceptable limits at the expiration of the current operating license [13]. The results given in Tables 6 and 7 show that the bounding reactor vessel weld conditional failure probabilities can be maintained well beyond the 54 EFPY projected fluences and ART values for the PNPS vessel. The relatively large calculated fluence ratios shown in these tables indicate that the criteria for relief from the circumferential vessel weld inspections will not be the limiting factor for fluence margin in the PNPS RPV.
4.4    Effect of Fluence on Evaluation of N2 Nozzles The fluence levels in the N2 nozzles are relatively low compared to the peak fluence in the beltline. These fluences shown in the table below were obtained from the RAMA code fluence calculation [9, 14].
54 EFPY Fluence @ 114t  54 EFPY Fluence @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF)      (with 1.78 bias CF)
(n/cmA2)                (n/cmA2)
Recirc. inlet (N2) nozzles        2.02E+17                3.60E+17 Limiting Axial Welds              8.18E+17                1.46E+18 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                              Page 7 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1 RO


/ DESIGN INPUTS 1. The pressure for the pressure test is normal operating pressure (1,035 psig) from Reference
V    StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
[10].2. The maximum test temperature for the hydrotest is 212'F per the PNPS Technical Specifications
The effect of the increasing fluence on the calculated ART values for the limiting weld and the N2 nozzles is shown below. The ART values for the A508-2 nozzle forgings was estimated using upper bound Cu = 0.35, Ni = 0.85, and an initial RTNDT of 0&deg;F [14].
[11 ]. (Note that this is an operational limit, not a brittle fracture limit.)4.0 CALCULATIONS
54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t      54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF)      (with 1.78 bias CF)
(0F)                      (OF)
Recirc. inlet (N2) nozzles            77.0                    94.7 Limiting Axial Welds                  95.3                    122.7 Structural Integrity Associates recently performed an evaluation of the recirc. inlet nozzles using best estimate copper and nickel chemistry values of Cu = 0.15 wt%, Ni = 0.85 wt% [14].
Using these best estimate values, the calculated ART values for the nozzles are as follows:
54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t      54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF)      (with 1.78 bias CF)
_(OF)                  (OF)
Re'circ. inlet (N2) nozzles        39.9                    56.4 Limiting Axial Welds                95.3                    122.7 From the comparison of the ART values for the recirc. inlet nozzles and the limiting axial welds, the recirc. inlet nozzle embrittlement levels are well below the projected ART values for the limiting axial welds. This is mainly because of significantly lower fluences at the height of the nozzles compared to the active core region. Thus, there is no impact of fluence uncertainty for this evaluation, and it is determined that the nozzles will not become the limiting beltline materials for P-T limits or hydrotest conditions as fluence levels are increased.
4.5    Effect of Fluence on RPV Internals 4.5.1    Top Guide 2
BWRVIP-26 calculated the minimum top guide fluence for 32 EFPY (40 years) as 4x10 1 n/cm 2 [15]1, The threshold for IASCC is 5x10 2&deg; n/cm 2, and the PNPS top guide fluence will exceed this threshold [6]. Therefore, PNPS must manage IASCC of the top guide assembly.
PNPS has implemented the inspection recommendation in BWRVIP-26 through the BWR Vessel Internals Program [16]. The BWR Vessel Internals Program will adequately manage the effects of aging on the top guide for the period of extended operation. The top guide does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no c'riterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the top guide structure.
File No.: P1.'4PS-27Q-30 I                                                                          Page 8 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO


===4.1 Maximum===
StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
Fluence to Perform Hydrotest Irradiation by high energy neutrons raises the RTNDT of the reactor vessel materials.
4.5.2   Core Shroud The core shroud is a BWR component that is known to be susceptible to aging effects. Section 3.8.12 of the PNPS License Renewal Project, TLAA and Exemption Evaluations [6] addresses the time limited aging analyses of the core shroud. A review of the analyses related to the core shroud found that the only TLAA involves the fatigue analysis and calculation of cumulative usage factors (CUFs) for the shroud repair. The core shroud does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the core shroud structure.
The ART is defined as RTNDT + ARTNDT + Margin in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2 [7].The pressure-temperature (P-T) curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel material.
5.0    RESULTS OF ANALYSIS The effects of increased fluence beyond the projected 54 EFPY fluence calculations for the PNPS RPV are summarized below for each of the potential aging effects. The results are compared to determine the minimum acceptable fluence ratio. This is the fluence multiplier that could be achieved compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor, and is the measure of tolerance on fluence before a limit is reached that would exceed a Code limit, regulatory criterion, or service limit.
The calculated hydrotest pressure vs. temperature curve (Curve A) results for 54 EFPY are shown in Table I and in Figure 1 [8]. The PNPS projected values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY were calculated with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [9]. The projected values of ART are shown in Table 2. The hydrotest pressure is the normal operating pressure, which is 1,035 psig [10]. The system hydrostatic test temperature is calculated tomeet the requirements of ASME Section XI, Appendix G, Article G-2400 [2]. The system hydrostatic test should be performed at a temperature not lower than the highest required temperature for any component in the system. For PNPS, the limiting component is the beltline File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 4 of 22 Revision:
Effect of Fluence on                    Acceptable Fluence Ratio Hydrotest Temperature                              2.82*
1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.material with the highest ART value at the quarter-thickness (1/4t) location.
Charpy Upper Shelf Energy                          4.86 RPV Axial Weld Failure Probability                4.18 RPV Circ. Weld Failure Probability                7.35 Evaluation of N2 Nozzles                   Bounded by beltline
From Table 2, the limiting materials are the lower intermediate shell longitudinal welds #1 and #3.The maximum calculated ART value for these welds at 54 EFPY is 122.7TF. This corresponds to a l/4t fluence value of 1.46x101 8 n/cm 2 , including the 1.78 bias correction factor. The hydrotest temperature at this fluence is 152.5&deg;F. This hydrotest temperature is interpolated linearly from the values from Table 1 as follows: Hydrotest Hydrotest Temperature Pressure (OF) (psig)150 1,007 152.5 1,035 155 1,063 The temperature difference between the 1/4t ART value and the hydrotest temperature is calculated to be 29.8&deg;F. This temperature difference is assumed to be constant for increasing fluence and ART values, so the maximum fluence to conduct the hydrotest can be calculated from the maximum achievable temperature to perform the hydrotest, which is 212'F for PNPS[11]. The 1/4t fluence and corresponding 1/4t ART for the limiting welds are increased until the hydrotest temperature of 212'F is reached. From the table below it is noted that the maximum 1/4t fluence of 4.12x 10 1 8 n/cm 2 corresponds to a 1/4t ART value of 182.2&deg;F for a hydrotest temperature of 212'F, the maximum temperature to perform the hydrotest at PNPS.Calculation of Hydrotest Maximum Temperature and Fluence 1/4t 1/4t Hydrotest Temp. Fluence Fluence ART Temp. Difference Ratio (nlcm 2)' (*F) (OF) (OF)1.46E+18 122.7 152.5 29.8 1.00 2.00E+18 139.6 169.4 29.8 1.37 3.OOE+18 162.9 192.7 29.8 2.05 4.00E+18 180.4 210.2 29.8 2.74 4.12E+18 182.2 212 29.8 2.82 maximum fluence to conduct hydrotest
* minimum acceptable fluence ratio = 2.82 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                             Page 9 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO
< 212&deg;F 4.50E+18 187.8 217.6 29.8 3.08 5.OOE+18 194.4 224.2 29.8 3.42 The calculated hydrotest temperature and 1/4t ART values versus fluence are shown in Figure 2.A fluence ratio of 2.82 is the ratio of the maximum 1/4t fluence at the limiting vessel beltline welds compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor. In other words, the fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor would have to be increased by an additional factor of 2.82 before the limiting hydrotest temperature of 212'F is reached.File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 5 of 22 Revision:
I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.4.2 Maximum Fluence to Maintain Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Appendix G of 1 OCFR50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper shelf energy...of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb." Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2, Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials, defines the method for predicting upper shelf energy drop in terms of a percentage from the unirradiated value. Figure 3 shows the predicted Charpy upper shelf energy for welds and base metals as a function of copper content and fluence.The predicted Charpy upper shelf energy (CRUSE) values for PNPS at 54 EFPY were determined previously for the PNPS license renewal project [6]. The predicted CVUSE values based on the Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position I method are shown in Table 3. The predicted values for CvUSE using the 54 EFPY fluences with the 1.78 bias correction factor are shown in Table 4. It is noted that all projected USE values are above 50 ft-lbs, even with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence. The USE limit shows a minimum fluence ratio of 4.9 for the projected fluence to reach 50 ft-lbs for the lower intermediate shell axial welds, as shown in Table 5. Because the USE values are always greater than 50 ft-lbs., the equivalent margin method of BWRVIP-74-A is not required.4.3 Maximum Fluence Bounded by the Reactor Vessel Weld Failure Probability The BWVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds in BWRVIP-05
[5]are based on generic analyses supporting a Safety Evaluation Review (SER) conclusion that the generic plant axial weld failure rate is no greater than 5xl0-6 per reactor year [12] at the end of 40 years. BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term [13]. The basis for this relief request was a plant specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term were less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER [12].Table 6 contains a comparison of the PNPS reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used~in the NRC analysis.
The data in column two (CE) is from Table 2.6-5 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05
[12]. The data in the third column (PNPS) is the projected 54 EFPY data for PNPS without the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [6]. (For consistency with the NRC evaluation, the RTNDT is calculated without the margin term.) The data in column four (PNPS with Bias CF) is the projected 54 EFPY data for PNPS with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence.File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 6 of 22 Revision:
1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1RO Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.'Column five (PNPS Limit) shows the maximum fluence and RTNDT to assure that the limiting axial weld remains bounded by the value of 172.47F determined from the CEOG and accepted in the SER [12]. The maximum ID fluence of 8.48x101 8 n/cm 2 gives a fluence ratio of 4.18 compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor.Table 7 contains a comparison of the PNPS reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis.
The data in column two (CE) is from Table 2.6-5 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05
[12]. The data in the third column (PNPS) is the projected 54 EFPY data for the PNPS circumferential weld without the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [6]. The data in column four (PNPS with Bias CF) is the projected 54 EFPY data for the PNPS circumferential weld with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence. Column five (PNPS Limit) shows the maximum fluence and RTNDT to assure that the PNPS circumferential weld remains bounded by the value of 128.5&deg;F determined from the CEOG and accepted in the SER [12]. The maximum ID fluence of 1.14x10'9 n/cm 2 gives a fluence ratio of 7.35 compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor.PNPS obtained relief from the examination of RPV circumferential welds related to the augmented shell weld examination requirements contained in 1OCFR50.55a(g)(6)(ii)(A)(5).
The reduction in scope of these inspections from essentially 100 percent of all RPV shell welds to-examination of essentially 100 percent of the axial welds and essentially zero percent of the circumferential welds was based on the NRC staff determination that the conditional probability of failure for these welds was within the acceptable limits at the expiration of the current operating license [13]. The results given in Tables 6 and 7 show that the bounding reactor vessel weld conditional failure probabilities can be maintained well beyond the 54 EFPY projected fluences and ART values for the PNPS vessel. The relatively large calculated fluence ratios shown in these tables indicate that the criteria for relief from the circumferential vessel weld inspections will not be the limiting factor for fluence margin in the PNPS RPV.4.4 Effect of Fluence on Evaluation of N2 Nozzles The fluence levels in the N2 nozzles are relatively low compared to the peak fluence in the beltline.
These fluences shown in the table below were obtained from the RAMA code fluence calculation
[9, 14].54 EFPY Fluence @ 114t 54 EFPY Fluence @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF) (with 1.78 bias CF)(n/cmA2) (n/cmA2)Recirc. inlet (N2) nozzles 2.02E+17 3.60E+17 Limiting Axial Welds 8.18E+17 1.46E+18 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 7 of 22 Revision:
1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1 RO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.The effect of the increasing fluence on the calculated ART values for the limiting weld and the N2 nozzles is shown below. The ART values for the A508-2 nozzle forgings was estimated using upper bound Cu = 0.35, Ni = 0.85, and an initial RTNDT of 0&deg;F [14].54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t 54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF) (with 1.78 bias CF)(0 F) (OF)Recirc. inlet (N2) nozzles 77.0 94.7 Limiting Axial Welds 95.3 122.7 Structural Integrity Associates recently performed an evaluation of the recirc. inlet nozzles using best estimate copper and nickel chemistry values of Cu = 0.15 wt%, Ni = 0.85 wt% [14].Using these best estimate values, the calculated ART values for the nozzles are as follows: 54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t 54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF) (with 1.78 bias CF)_(OF) (OF)Re'circ. inlet (N2) nozzles 39.9 56.4 Limiting Axial Welds 95.3 122.7 From the comparison of the ART values for the recirc. inlet nozzles and the limiting axial welds, the recirc. inlet nozzle embrittlement levels are well below the projected ART values for the limiting axial welds. This is mainly because of significantly lower fluences at the height of the nozzles compared to the active core region. Thus, there is no impact of fluence uncertainty for this evaluation, and it is determined that the nozzles will not become the limiting beltline materials for P-T limits or hydrotest conditions as fluence levels are increased.


===4.5 Effect===
V    StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.
of Fluence on RPV Internals 4.5.1 Top Guide BWRVIP-26 calculated the minimum top guide fluence for 32 EFPY (40 years) as 4x10 2 1 n/cm 2 [15]1, The threshold for IASCC is 5x10 2&deg; n/cm 2 , and the PNPS top guide fluence will exceed this threshold
[6]. Therefore, PNPS must manage IASCC of the top guide assembly.PNPS has implemented the inspection recommendation in BWRVIP-26 through the BWR Vessel Internals Program [16]. The BWR Vessel Internals Program will adequately manage the effects of aging on the top guide for the period of extended operation.
The top guide does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no c'riterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the top guide structure.
File No.: P1 Revision:
1.'4PS-27Q-30 I Page 8 of 22 F0306-01 RO Contains References to Proprietary Information Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.4.5.2 Core Shroud The core shroud is a BWR component that is known to be susceptible to aging effects. Section 3.8.12 of the PNPS License Renewal Project, TLAA and Exemption Evaluations
[6] addresses the time limited aging analyses of the core shroud. A review of the analyses related to the core shroud found that the only TLAA involves the fatigue analysis and calculation of cumulative usage factors (CUFs) for the shroud repair. The core shroud does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the core shroud structure.


===5.0 RESULTS===
==6.0     CONCLUSION==
OF ANALYSIS The effects of increased fluence beyond the projected 54 EFPY fluence calculations for the PNPS RPV are summarized below for each of the potential aging effects. The results are compared to determine the minimum acceptable fluence ratio. This is the fluence multiplier that could be achieved compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor, and is the measure of tolerance on fluence before a limit is reached that would exceed a Code limit, regulatory criterion, or service limit.Effect of Fluence on Acceptable Fluence Ratio Hydrotest Temperature 2.82*Charpy Upper Shelf Energy 4.86 RPV Axial Weld Failure Probability 4.18 RPV Circ. Weld Failure Probability 7.35 Evaluation of N2 Nozzles Bounded by beltline* minimum acceptable fluence ratio = 2.82 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
S AND DISCUSSIONS Fluence contributes to changes in the vessel beltline material properties. These changes are measured by the shift in RTNDT or the drop in USE of the ferritic materials (i.e., welds, plates, and forgings). The analyses using projected fluence values for license renewal (54 EFPY) for PNPS show no limitations due to embrittlement concerns for the vessel. Considering increasing fluence levels, the RPV analyses demonstrate that the Code and regulatory criteria can be met for operation well beyond this maximum fluence level by a factor of 2.82 (or greater) on the 54 EFPY fluence including a bias correction factor of 1.78.
1 Page 9 of 22 F0306-01 RO Contains References to Proprietary Information V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.
The limiting condition for the vessel is the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrotest. The temperature to perform the hydrotest is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400 that requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The maximum temperature limit for the hydrotest of 212'F in the PNPS Technical Specifications is an administrative limit; it may be possible to perform the test at higher temperatures which would allow for even higher fluence levels.
These analyses demonstrate that there is a considerable tolerance on the acceptable range of fluence. This is exemplified by the difference between the fluence for the maximum predicted levels of embrittlement and the limiting criteria for operability, a difference large enough to accommodate the uncertainties on the calculated fluence for PNPS.
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                             Page 10 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO


==6.0 CONCLUSION==
StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.
S AND DISCUSSIONS Fluence contributes to changes in the vessel beltline material properties.
These changes are measured by the shift in RTNDT or the drop in USE of the ferritic materials (i.e., welds, plates, and forgings).
The analyses using projected fluence values for license renewal (54 EFPY) for PNPS show no limitations due to embrittlement concerns for the vessel. Considering increasing fluence levels, the RPV analyses demonstrate that the Code and regulatory criteria can be met for operation well beyond this maximum fluence level by a factor of 2.82 (or greater) on the 54 EFPY fluence including a bias correction factor of 1.78.The limiting condition for the vessel is the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrotest.
The temperature to perform the hydrotest is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400 that requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The maximum temperature limit for the hydrotest of 212'F in the PNPS Technical Specifications is an administrative limit; it may be possible to perform the test at higher temperatures which would allow for even higher fluence levels.These analyses demonstrate that there is a considerable tolerance on the acceptable range of fluence. This is exemplified by the difference between the fluence for the maximum predicted levels of embrittlement and the limiting criteria for operability, a difference large enough to accommodate the uncertainties on the calculated fluence for PNPS.File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
1 Page 10 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.


==7.0 REFERENCES==
==7.0     REFERENCES==
: 1. ENT-FLU-00 1 -R-00 1, "Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Reactor Pressure Vessel Fluence Evaluation at End of Cycle 15 and 54 EFPY," TransWare Enterprises Inc., December 2005, Proprietary, (SI File No. PNPS-22Q-201).
: 1. ENT-FLU-00 1-R-00 1, "Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Reactor Pressure Vessel Fluence Evaluation at End of Cycle 15 and 54 EFPY," TransWare Enterprises Inc.,
: 2. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Appendix G, 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda.3. Code of Federal Regulations, 10 CFR, Part 50, Appendix G, Federal Register:
December 2005, Proprietary, (SI File No. PNPS-22Q-201).
January 2005.4. BWRVIP-74-A, "BWR Reactor Vessel Inspection and Flaw Evaluation Guidelines for License Renewal, BWR Vessel and Internals Project," EPRI Proprietary, 1008872, June.2003, (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-274AP).
: 2. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Appendix G, 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda.
: 3. Code of Federal Regulations, 10 CFR, Part 50, Appendix G, Federal Register: January 2005.
: 4. BWRVIP-74-A, "BWR Reactor Vessel Inspection and Flaw Evaluation Guidelines for License Renewal, BWR Vessel and Internals Project," EPRI Proprietary, 1008872, June.2003, (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-274AP).
: 5. BWRVIP-05, "BWR Reactor Pressure Vessel Shell Weld Inspection Recommendations (B WRVIP-05)," BWR Vessel and Internals Project," EPRI Proprietary, EPRI TR-105697, September 1995. (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-205P).
: 5. BWRVIP-05, "BWR Reactor Pressure Vessel Shell Weld Inspection Recommendations (B WRVIP-05)," BWR Vessel and Internals Project," EPRI Proprietary, EPRI TR-105697, September 1995. (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-205P).
: 6. PNPS License Renewal Project, TLAA and Exemption Evaluations, LRPD-03, Revision 0, January 2006, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-202).
: 6. PNPS License Renewal Project, TLAA and Exemption Evaluations, LRPD-03, Revision 0, January 2006, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-202).
: 7. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2, "Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials," May 1988.8. SI Calculation PNPS-03Q-301, Revision 1, "Development of Pressure Test (Curve A)P-T Curves," 1/30/06.9. SI Calculation PNPS-22Q-301, "ARTNDT and ART Evaluation," 1/20/06.10. Email from Bryan Ford to Raymond Pace, Timothy J. Griesbach, and Gary L. Stevens,  
: 7. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2, "Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials," May 1988.
: 8. SI Calculation PNPS-03Q-301, Revision 1, "Development of Pressure Test (Curve A)
P-T Curves," 1/30/06.
: 9. SI Calculation PNPS-22Q-301, "ARTNDT and ART Evaluation," 1/20/06.
: 10. Email from Bryan Ford to Raymond Pace, Timothy J. Griesbach, and Gary L. Stevens,


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Maximum Pressure Test Temperature, dated 3/8/07, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-205).11. PNPS Technical Specifications, Revision 274, Amendment No.'s 224 and 225, Limiting Conditions for Operation, 3.14 Special Operations, A. Inservice Hydrostatic and Leak Testing Operation, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-206).
Maximum Pressure Test Temperature, dated 3/8/07, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-205).
: 11. PNPS Technical Specifications, Revision 274, Amendment No.'s 224 and 225, Limiting Conditions for Operation, 3.14 Special Operations, A. Inservice Hydrostatic and Leak Testing Operation, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-206).
: 12. BWRVIP-05 SER (Final), USNRC letter from Gus C. Lainas to Carl Terry, Niagara Mohawk Power Company, BWRVIP Chairman, Final Safety Evaluation of the BWR Ves~el and Internals Project BWRVIP-05 Report, (TAC No. M93925), July 28, 1998, (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-205P).
: 12. BWRVIP-05 SER (Final), USNRC letter from Gus C. Lainas to Carl Terry, Niagara Mohawk Power Company, BWRVIP Chairman, Final Safety Evaluation of the BWR Ves~el and Internals Project BWRVIP-05 Report, (TAC No. M93925), July 28, 1998, (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-205P).
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 11 of 22 Revision:
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                       Page 11 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1RO
1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1RO E Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.13. Letter from J. Boska (NRC) to M. Bellamy (ENGC), Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station -Pilgrim Relief Request No. 28, Relief from ASME Code, Section XI, Examinations of Reactor Pressure Vessel Circumferential Shell Welds (TAC No. MB6074), April 11, 2003, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-208).
 
: 14. SI Calculation PNPS-22Q-302, "N2 Nozzle Evaluation," 2/21/06.15. BWRVIP-26, "BWR Top Guide Inspection and Flaw Evaluation Guidelines (BWRVIP-26)," EPRI Proprietary, EPRI Report TR-107285, December 1996, (SI File No.BWRVIP-01-226P).
E     StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
: 13. Letter from J. Boska (NRC) to M. Bellamy (ENGC), Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station -
Pilgrim Relief Request No. 28, Relief from ASME Code, Section XI, Examinations of Reactor Pressure Vessel Circumferential Shell Welds (TAC No. MB6074), April 11, 2003, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-208).
: 14. SI Calculation PNPS-22Q-302, "N2 Nozzle Evaluation," 2/21/06.
: 15. BWRVIP-26, "BWR Top Guide Inspection and Flaw Evaluation Guidelines (BWRVIP-26)," EPRI Proprietary, EPRI Report TR-107285, December 1996, (SI File No.
BWRVIP-01-226P).
: 16. Engineering Report PNPS-EP-06-00001, Revision 0, "Reactor Vessel Internals Inspection Program," (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-207)
: 16. Engineering Report PNPS-EP-06-00001, Revision 0, "Reactor Vessel Internals Inspection Program," (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-207)
: 17. Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Final Safety Analysis Report, Section 3.3, Reactor Vessel Internals Mechanical Design, and Section 4.2, Reactor Vessel and Appurtenances Mechanical Design, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-209).
: 17. Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Final Safety Analysis Report, Section 3.3, Reactor Vessel Internals Mechanical Design, and Section 4.2, Reactor Vessel and Appurtenances Mechanical Design, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-209).
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                     Page 12 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO
I Page 12 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Table 1: Beltline Curve A for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence [8]Pressure-Temperature Curve Calculation (Pressure Test = Cuwve A)(NOTE: THE ARTNDT includes a calculated bias on fluence of 1.78.)Inputs. Plant =Component  
 
= It]na Vessel thickness, t 5.5312 inches, so qt = 2,352 -,inch Vessel Radius, R 113.91 inches ARTNoT :54&#xfd; .F , Cooldown Rate, CR 0 &deg;F/hr KIT = ksi*inch 1 2 (From Appendix G, for cooldown rate above)AT 1/4t F- 0.0 &deg;F (no thermal for pressure test)Safety Factor .50 (for pressure test)Mm 2.178 u (From Appendix G, for inside surface axial flaw)Temperature Adjustment  
V     StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
=1F Height of Water for a Full Vessel 5 ' inches Pressure Adjustment  
Table 1: Beltline Curve A for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence [8]
= psig (hydrostatic pressure for a full vessel at 70&deg;F)Hydro Test Pressure 1 psig Flange RTNDT --F Fluid Temperature T (-F)70.0 70.0 75.0 80.0 85.0 90.0 95.0 100.0 105.0..110.0 115.0 120.0 125.0 130.0 135.0 140.0 145.0 150.0 155.0 160.0'165.0 170.0 175.0 180,0 185.0 190.0 195.0 11/4t Temperature
Pressure-TemperatureCurve Calculation (PressureTest = Cuwve A)
(&deg;F)70.0 70.0 75.0 80.0 85.0 90.0 95.0 100.0 105.0 110.0 115.0 120.0 125.0 130.0 135.0 140.0 145.0 150.0 155.0 160.0 165.0 170.0 175.0 180.0 185.0 190.0 195.0 Kic (ksi*inch 1 1 2)40.43 40.43 41.19 42.03 42.95 43.98 45.11 46.37 47.75 49.28 50.97 52.84 54.91 57.19 59.72 62.51 65.59 68.99 72.76 76.92 81.52 86.60 92.21 98.42 105.28 112.86 121.24 Kip (ksi*inchllZ) 26.95 26.95 27.46 28.02 28.64 29.32 30.08 30.91 31.84 32.86 33.98 35.23 36.61 38.13 39.81 41.67 43.73 46.00 48.51 51.28 54.34 57.73 61.48 65.61 70.19 75.24 80.83 Calculated Pressure P (psig)0 601 612 625 638 654 671 689 710 733 758 785 816 850 888 929 975 1026 1082 1143 1212 1287 1371 1463 1565 1678 1802 Adjusted Temperature for P-T Curve (IF)70.0 70.0 75.0 80.0 85.0 90.0 95.0 100.0 105.0 110.0 115.0 120.0 125.0 130.0 135.0 140.0 145.0 150.0 155.0 160.0 165.0 170.0 175.0 180.0 185.0 190.0 195.0 Adjusted Pressure for P-T Curve (psig)0 583 594 606 620 635 652 671 691 714 739 767 798 832 869 911 957 1,007 1,063 1,125 1,193 1,269 1,352 1,445 1,547 1,659 1,784 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
(NOTE: THE ARTNDT includes a calculated bias on fluence of 1.78.)
1 Page 13 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0I RO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Table 2: PNPS ART Calculations for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence [91 Pilgrim RPV Material ART Calculations (NOTE: This table covers all RPV materials Kith an exposed fluence. E
Inputs.                             Plant =
* I MeV, of grealer than .Ox 10 " rncm'.)(54 EFPY)includes 1. 78 cat ulated bias on fuence Estimated Chemistry Chemistry AdJustments For 114t Description Piece Code Heat Inhial RTNOr Factor ARTwT Margin Terms ARTKeT No. No. No. (OF) Cu (wt%) N1(wt %) (&deg;F) (IF) o^ ("F) oa(OF) (&deg;F)LowerShell#1 337-01A G-3109-2 C-2957-2 0 0.10 0.47 65.0 30.5 15.3 0.0 61.1 LowerShell#2 337-018 G-3109-1 C-2957-1 -3 0.10 0.48 65.0 30.5 15.3 0.0 58.1 LowerShell#3 337-01C G-3109-3--
Component =           It]na Vessel thickness, t       5.5312     inches, so qt =       2,352     -,inch Vessel Radius, R         113.91     inches ARTNoT :54&#xfd;                                       .F 54>*,  ,
C-2973-1 -4 0.11 0.63 74.5 35.0 17.0 0.0 65.0 Lower-Int.
Cooldown Rate, CR               0       &deg;F/hr KIT =               ksi*inch 1 2 (From Appendix G, for cooldown rate above)
Shell #1 337-03A G-3108-3 C-2945-2 -12 0.10 0.66 65.6 34.3 17.0 0.0 56.3 Lower-kit Shell #2 337-038 G-3108-1 C-2921-2 -30 0.14 0.60 100.0 52.2 17.0 0.0 56.2 Lower-t.Shetl#3 337-03C G-3108-2 C-2945-1 -7 0.10 0.65 65.5 34.2 17.0 0.0 61.2 Estimated Chemistry Chemistry Ad]ustments For 114t Description Seam Heat Flux Type & Initial RTNMT Factor ARTso Margin Terms ARTeNo No. No. LotNo. (&deg;F) Cu (wt%) Ni(wt%) ("F) (&deg;F) or(&deg;F) ol(&deg;F) (&deg;F)L. Int.Shel Long.Weld  
AT1 /4t F- 0.0           &deg;F (no thermal for pressure test)
#1 1-338A 27204/12008 Linde 1092#3774  
Safety Factor             .50     (for pressure test)
-48 0.219 0.996. 231.1 114.7 28.0 0.0 122.7 L. It ShelLong.
Mm       2.178   u (From Appendix G, for inside surface axial flaw)
Weld #2 1-338B 27204112008 Linde 1092 #3774 -48 0.219 0.996 231.1 78.4 280 0.0 86.4 L.Int. Shel8Long.Weld#3 1-380C 27204112008 Linde 1092 #3774 -48 0.219 0.996 231.1 114.7 28.0 0.0 122.7 L. Shell Girth Weld 1-344 21935 Linde 1092 #3869 -50 0.183 0.704 172.2 75.4 28.0 0.0 81.4 Lower Shell Long. Weld #1 2-338A 27204 Linde 1092 #3714 -34 0.203 '1.018 226.8 83.5 28.0 0.0 105.5 Lower Shell Long. Weld #2 2-338B 27204 Linde 1092 #3714 -34 0.203 1.018 226.8 96.5 28.0 0.0 118.5 Lower Shell Long. Weld #3 2-338C 27204 Linde 1092 #3714 -34 0.203 1.018 226.8 87.8 28.0 0.0 109.8 Fluence Information (see Note 2).Calculated Fluence Bias = 1-78 Wall Thickness (inches) Fluence at ID Attenuation, 114t Fluence @ 114t Fluence Factor, FF Location Full "t 114t jnlcm 2) e 0'2 (nlcm 2) f00.0-o.i0og Q Lower Shell#1 5.531 1.383 1.80E+18 0.718 1.29E+18 0.470 LowerShell#2 5.531 1.383 1.80E+18 0.718 1.29E+18 0.470 Lower Shell #3 5.531 1.383 1.80E+18 0.718 1.29E+18 0.470 Lower-nL.
Temperature Adjustment =1F Height of Water for a Full Vessel             5       ' inches Pressure Adjustment =                     psig (hydrostatic pressure for a full vessel at 70&deg;F)
Shell #1 5.531 1.383 2.28E+18 0.718 1.63E+18 0.522 Lower-int Shell#2 5.531 1.383 2.28E+18 0.718 1.63E+18 0.522 Lower-int.
Hydro Test Pressure           1         psig Flange RTNDT -                   -F Fluid                                                             Calculated        Adjusted            Adjusted Temperature           11/4t                                            Pressure      Temperature          Pressure for T       Temperature              Kic            Kip              P        for P-T Curve          P-T Curve
Shell#3 5.531 1.383 2.28E+18 0.718 1.63E+18 0.522 L. int. Shetl Long. Weld #1 5.531 1.383 2.03E+18 0.718 1.46E+18 0.496 L. int. Shell Long. Weld #2 5.531 1.383 920E+17 0.718 6.60E+17 0.339 L. int. Shell Long. Weld #3 5.531 1.383 2.03E+18 0.718 1.46E+18 0.496 L. init.L. Shell Girth Weld 5.531 1.383 1.55E+18 0.718 1.11E+18 0.438 Lower Shell Long. Weld #1 5.531 1.383 1.08E+18 0.718 7.77E+17 0.368 Lower Shell Long. Weld #2 5.531 1.383 1A5E+18 0.718 1.04E+18 0.425 Lower Shell Long. Weld #3 5.531 1.383 1.20E+18 0.718 8.58E+17 0.387 Notes: 1. Material information taken from SIA Report No. SIR-00-082, Revision 0, "Updated Evaluation of Reactor Pressure Vessel Materials Properties for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station," August 2000, Tables 3-1 through 3-12.2. Fluence values from Transware Report No. ENT-FLU-001-R-001, Revision 0, "Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Reactor Pressure Vessel Fluence Evaluation," Tables 7-3 and 7-4, and are multiplied by a calculated bias of 1.78.3. RPV minimum thickness  
(-F)            (&deg;F)        (ksi*inch 112
= 5 17/32" per Section 3.3.2 of SR-00-082.
                                                              ) (ksi*inchllZ)        (psig)            (IF)                (psig) 70.0             70.0             40.43          26.95              0               70.0                   0 70.0             70.0             40.43          26.95              601              70.0                583 75.0             75.0             41.19          27.46              612            75.0                 594 80.0             80.0             42.03          28.02              625            80.0                 606 85.0             85.0             42.95          28.64              638            85.0                 620 90.0             90.0             43.98          29.32              654            90.0                 635 95.0             95.0             45.11           30.08              671            95.0                 652 100.0           100.0             46.37          30.91              689            100.0                 671 105.0..         105.0             47.75          31.84              710            105.0                 691 110.0           110.0             49.28          32.86              733            110.0                 714 115.0           115.0             50.97          33.98              758            115.0                 739 120.0           120.0             52.84          35.23              785            120.0                 767 125.0           125.0              54.91          36.61              816            125.0                798 130.0            130.0              57.19          38.13              850            130.0                832 135.0            135.0              59.72           39.81              888            135.0                869 140.0            140.0              62.51          41.67              929            140.0                911 145.0            145.0              65.59          43.73              975            145.0                957 150.0            150.0              68.99          46.00            1026            150.0                1,007 155.0            155.0              72.76          48.51              1082            155.0                1,063 160.0'          160.0              76.92          51.28            1143            160.0                1,125 165.0            165.0              81.52          54.34            1212            165.0                1,193 170.0            170.0              86.60          57.73             1287            170.0                1,269 175.0            175.0              92.21          61.48              1371            175.0                1,352 180,0            180.0              98.42          65.61              1463            180.0               1,445 185.0           185.0             105.28          70.19              1565            185.0               1,547 190.0           190.0             112.86          75.24              1678            190.0               1,659 195.0           195.0             121.24          80.83              1802            195.0               1,784 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                                                            Page 13 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0I RO
Revision 0.File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
 
1 Page 14 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0 I RO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Table 3. PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (Without 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) [61 Material Description 54 EFPY Projection Reactor Vessel Material Unirradiated 1/4 Trtuc) % Drop in Beltiine Region Location Mat! Type Identification Heat # %Cu CvUSE (1 0"' n/cm 2) USE USE (114 T)Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-1 C-2921-2 0.14 81 0.084 i2.79% 70.6 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-2 C-2945-1 0.10 80 0.084 10.57% 71.5 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-3 0-2945-2 0.10 81 0.084 10.57% 72.4 Lower Shell A5338 G-3109-1 C-2957-1 0.10 76 0.061 9.79% 68.6 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-2 C-2957-2 0.10 79 0.061 9.79% 71.3 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-3 C-2973-1 0.11 72 0.061 10.31% 64.6 Lower Int/Lower Shell Circ Weld Linde 1092 1-334 21935 0.18 75 0.057 16.39% 62.7 Lower Int Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 1-338AB,C 27204-12008 0.22 75 0.076 19.52% 60.4 Lower Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 2-338AB,C 27204 0.20 75 0.050 16.87% 62.3 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
V    StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.
1 Page 15 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Table 4. PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (With 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence)Material Description 54 EFPY Projection (with 1.78 bias CF on fluence)Reactor Vessel Mati Matt Heat# %Cu Unirr. 1/4t fluence % Drop USE Beltline Region Location Type Ident. CvUSE (10A19 n/cm2) in USE @ 1/4t Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-1 C-2921-2 0.14 81 0.129 14.3 69.4 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-2 C-2945-1 0.10 80 0.129 11.7 70.6 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-3 C-2945-2 0.10 81 0.129 11.7 71.5 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-1 C-2957-1 0.10 76 0.163 12.3 66.7 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-2 C-2957-2 0.10 79 0.163 12.3 69.3 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-3 C-2973-1 0.11 72 0.163 13.1 62.6 Lower Int./Lower Shell Circ. Weld Linde 1092 1-334 21935 0.183 75 0.111 19.6 60.3 Lower In. Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 1-338A,B,C 27204/12008 0.219 75 0.146 23.2 57.6 Lower Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 2-338A,B,C 27204 0.203 75 0.104 20.5 59.6 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
Table 2: PNPS ART Calculations for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence [91 Pilgrim RPV MaterialART Calculations                                                                            (54 EFPY)
1 Page 16 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0IRO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Table 5. PNPS Maximum Projected Fluence and USE Drop for Vessel Beltline Materials Material Description Maximum Projected Fluence and USE DroD Reactor Vessel Matl Matl %Cu Unirr. 1/4t fluence Max. % Drop Min. USE Fluence Beltline Region Location Type Ident. CvUSE (10A19 n/cm2) in USE @ 1/4t Ratio Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-1 0.14 81 > 6.0 38.3 50.0 > 46.5 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-2 0.10 80 > 6.0 37.5 50.0 > 46.5 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-3 0.10 81 > 6.0 38.3 50.0 > 46'5 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-1 0.10 76 > 6.0 34.2 50.0 > 36.8 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-2 0.10 79 > 6.0 36.7 50.0 > 36.8 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-3 0.11 72 > 6.0 30.6 50.0 > 36.8 Lower Int./Lower Shell Circ. Weld Linde 1092 1-334 0.183 75 1.11 33.3 50.0 10 Lower Int. Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 1-338A,B,C 0.219 75 0.71 33.3 50.0 4.86*Lower Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 2-338A,B,C 0.203 75 0.86 33.3 50.0 8.3* limiting fluence ratio to reach 50 ft-lbs CvUSE = (0.71E19)/(0.146E19)  
(NOTE: This table covers all RPV materials Kith an exposed fluence. E
= 4.86 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
* I MeV, of grealerthan .Ox 10" rncm'.)            includes 1.78cat ulated bias on fuence Estimated          Chemistry        Chemistry        AdJustments For 114t Description              Piece        Code                Heat            Inhial RTNOr                          Factor      ARTwT Margin Terms ARTKeT No.          No.               No.                  (OF)    Cu (wt%) N1(wt %)          (&deg;F)        (IF)    o^ ("F) oa(OF)       (&deg;F)
I Page 17 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0IRO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Table 6. Effects of Irradiation on RPV Axial Weld Properties Limiting Axial Welds -Lower Int. Long. Welds #1 and #3 Wire Heat/Lot (27204/12008, Lot No. 3774)Pldnt CE (CEOG) PNPS PNPS with PNPS Limit Bias CF Parameter Description USNRC Data for Data for Data for Limiting Plant- axial weld axial weld axial weld Specific Data (no bias CF) (1.78 bias CF) (limiting fluence)EFPY 64 54 54 >54 Initial (unirradiated) reference 0 48 -48 temperature (RTndt), OF Neutron fluence al the end of the requested relief period (Peak 4.OOE+18 1.14E+18 2.03E+18 8.48E+18*Surface Fluencb in the Beltline), n/cmA2 FF = Fluence factor (calculated 0.746 0,444 0.573 0.954 per Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2)Weld Copper content, wt. % 0.219 0.219 0.219 0.219 Weld Nickel content, wt% 0.996 0.996 0.996 0.996 CF = Chemistry Factor 231.1 231.1 231.1 231.1 Increase in reference temperature 172.4 102.9 132.4 220.4 (Aamndt), OF (= FF*CF)Mean adjusted reference 172.4 54.9 84.4 172.4 temperature (ART), OF (= RTndt +ARTndt)*Fluence ratio = (8.48E 18)/(2.03E  
LowerShell#1             337-01A      G-3109-2            C-2957-2                  0        0.10        0.47      65.0      30.5      15.3      0.0      61.1 LowerShell#2              337-018      G-3109-1            C-2957-1                  -3      0.10         0.48      65.0       30.5     15.3       0.0       58.1 LowerShell#3              337-01C      G-3109-3--          C-2973-1                 -4       0.11         0.63     74.5       35.0       17.0       0.0       65.0 Lower-Int. Shell #1         337-03A     G-3108-3           C-2945-2                 -12       0.10         0.66     65.6       34.3       17.0       0.0       56.3 Lower-kit Shell #2         337-038     G-3108-1           C-2921-2               -30         0.14         0.60     100.0       52.2       17.0       0.0       56.2 Lower-t.Shetl#3             337-03C     G-3108-2           C-2945-1                   -7       0.10         0.65     65.5       34.2     17.0       0.0       61.2 Estimated         Chemistry         Chemistry         Ad]ustments For 114t Description               Seam         Heat           Flux Type &         Initial RTNMT                         Factor     ARTso     Margin Terms ARTeNo No.           No.             LotNo.                 (&deg;F)   Cu (wt%) Ni(wt%)           ("F)       (&deg;F)     or(&deg;F) ol(&deg;F)         (&deg;F)
: 18) = 4.18* File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
L. Int.Shel Long.Weld #1           1-338A   27204/12008     Linde 1092#3774               -48       0.219       0.996. 231.1       114.7     28.0     0.0       122.7 L. It ShelLong. Weld #2           1-338B   27204112008     Linde 1092 #3774             -48       0.219       0.996     231.1       78.4     280       0.0       86.4 L.Int. Shel8Long.Weld#3           1-380C   27204112008     Linde 1092 #3774             -48       0.219       0.996     231.1       114.7     28.0       0.0     122.7 L. i*tjL. Shell Girth Weld       1-344       21935       Linde 1092 #3869             -50       0.183       0.704     172.2       75.4     28.0       0.0       81.4 Lower Shell Long. Weld #1         2-338A       27204       Linde 1092 #3714             -34       0.203       '1.018     226.8       83.5       28.0       0.0     105.5 Lower Shell Long. Weld #2         2-338B       27204       Linde 1092 #3714             -34       0.203       1.018     226.8       96.5       28.0       0.0     118.5 Lower Shell Long. Weld #3         2-338C       27204       Linde 1092 #3714             -34       0.203       1.018     226.8       87.8       28.0       0.0     109.8 Fluence Information (see Note 2).
I Page 18 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Table 7. Effects of Irradiation on RPV Circumferential Weld Properties Limiting Circ. Weld -Lower Int.-to-Lower Shell Circ. Weld 1-344 Wire Heat/Lot (21935, Lot No. 3869)Plant CE (CEOG) PNPS PNPS with PNPS Limit Bias CIF _____Parameter Description USNRC Data for Data for Data for Limiting Plant- circ. weld circ. weld circ. weld Specific Data (no bias CF) (1.78 bias CF) (limiting fluence)EFPY 64 54 54 >54 Initial (unirradiated) reference 0 50 -50 temperature (RTndt), OF Neutron fluence at the end of the requested relief period (Peak 4.OOE+18 8.69E+17 1.55E+18 1.14E+19*Surface Fluence in the Beltline), n/cmA2 FF = Fluence factor (calculated 0.746 0.389 0.510 1.037 per Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2)Weld Copper content, wt. % 0.183 0.183 0.183 0.183 Weld Nickel content, wt% 0.704 0.704 0.704 0.704 CF = Chemistry Factor 172.2 172.2 172.2 172.2 Increase in reference temperature 128.5 67.1 87.9 178.5 (ARTndt), 'F (=IFF*CF)Mean adjusted reference 128.5 17.1 37.9 128.5 temperature (ART), 'F (= RTndt +ARTndt)*Fluence ratio = (1.14E19)/(1.55E18)  
Calculated Fluence Bias =         1-78         Wall Thickness (inches)           Fluence at ID     Attenuation, 114t     Fluence @ 114t         Fluence Factor, FF 2            0                        2 Location                             Full "t             114t             jnlcm )             e '2                 (nlcm )               f00.0-o.i0og Q Lower Shell#1                           5.531               1.383             1.80E+18             0.718               1.29E+18                   0.470 LowerShell#2                             5.531               1.383             1.80E+18             0.718               1.29E+18                   0.470 Lower Shell #3                           5.531               1.383             1.80E+18             0.718               1.29E+18                   0.470 Lower-nL. Shell #1                         5.531               1.383             2.28E+18             0.718               1.63E+18                   0.522 Lower-int Shell#2                         5.531               1.383             2.28E+18             0.718               1.63E+18                   0.522 Lower-int. Shell#3                         5.531               1.383             2.28E+18             0.718               1.63E+18                   0.522 L. int.Shetl Long. Weld #1                     5.531               1.383             2.03E+18             0.718               1.46E+18                   0.496 L. int.Shell Long. Weld #2                     5.531               1.383             920E+17             0.718               6.60E+17                   0.339 L. int.Shell Long. Weld #3                     5.531               1.383             2.03E+18             0.718               1.46E+18                   0.496 L. init.L. Shell Girth Weld                   5.531               1.383             1.55E+18             0.718               1.11E+18                   0.438 Lower Shell Long. Weld #1                       5.531               1.383             1.08E+18             0.718               7.77E+17                   0.368 Lower Shell Long. Weld #2                       5.531               1.383             1A5E+18             0.718               1.04E+18                   0.425 Lower Shell Long. Weld #3                       5.531               1.383             1.20E+18             0.718               8.58E+17                   0.387 Notes: 1. Material information taken from SIA Report No. SIR-00-082, Revision 0, "Updated Evaluation of Reactor Pressure Vessel Materials Properties for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station," August 2000, Tables 3-1 through 3-12.
= 7.35 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
: 2. Fluence values from Transware Report No. ENT-FLU-001-R-001, Revision 0, "Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Reactor Pressure Vessel Fluence Evaluation," Tables 7-3 and 7-4, and are multiplied by a calculated bias of 1.78.
I Page 19 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO r Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Figure 1: Pressure Test P-T Curve (Curve A) for 54 EFPY with Bias CF on Fluence 181 1,200 1,100 1,000 e.0.0 ILl X I--iJ D LU 0 I-Ul en ILl 0.900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0....  
: 3. RPV minimum thickness = 5 17/32" per Section 3.3.2 of SR-00-082. Revision 0.
--[ ...... i .........
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                                                                                                                                 Page 14 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0 IRO
i ..... .-T ..... --- -- -7..... 1- T ----T- ---7 --, _ -------._ _ _ -.--... .. ..... .------r -t -i k --/ --rr, ---...'- -... .. .-- .. .+zz -vA--- -----L ---_ .i ....,----- --- .---- v------IT i .--7.. 7-B-otto H 1---
 
...........
V     StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
-- ..... .....L-- Uppe .Ve -sse -F I L -z -S250 7 -_u1 _, .....B e... ... .. i , .......~~~~~~~~~~
Table 3. PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (Without 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) [61 Material Description                                             54 EFPY Projection Reactor Vessel                         Material                       Unirradiated 1/4 Trtuc) % Drop in Beltiine Region Location     Mat! Type   Identification   Heat #   %Cu     CvUSE ( 1 0"' n/cm 2)       USE     USE (114 T)
'--.... .Boto Head-~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~pe Ve--ssel...................... ----
Lower Intermediate Shell       A533B       G-3108-1       C-2921-2   0.14       81         0.084     i2.79%         70.6 Lower Intermediate Shell       A533B       G-3108-2       C-2945-1   0.10       80         0.084     10.57%         71.5 Lower Intermediate Shell       A533B       G-3108-3       0-2945-2   0.10       81         0.084     10.57%         72.4 Lower Shell             A5338       G-3109-1       C-2957-1   0.10       76         0.061       9.79%         68.6 Lower Shell             A533B       G-3109-2       C-2957-2   0.10       79         0.061       9.79%         71.3 Lower Shell             A533B       G-3109-3       C-2973-1   0.11       72         0.061     10.31%         64.6 Lower Int/Lower Shell Circ Weld Linde 1092       1-334         21935     0.18       75         0.057     16.39%         62.7 Lower Int Shell Axial Welds   Linde 1092   1-338AB,C     27204-12008 0.22       75         0.076     19.52%         60.4 Lower Shell Axial Welds     Linde 1092   2-338AB,C         27204     0.20       75         0.050     16.87%         62.3 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                                                       Page 15 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO
!........
 
-.. --m '--.- ........ -.--T" ..... l- ' , i7 0 50 100 150 200 MINIMUM REACTOR VESSEL METAL TEMPERATURE
V     StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
(&deg;F)250 PNPS Pressure Test Curve (Curve A), 54 EFPY (NOTE: The fluence used on the beitline curve is increased by a calculated bias on fluence of 1.78.)Page 20 of 22 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
Table 4. PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (With 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence)
1 Page 20 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Figure 2: Calculated Hydrotest Temperature and 1/4t ART versus Fluence 250 200.150 UL o.100 E 50 0 0 1E+18 2E+18 3E+18 4E+18 5E+18 6E+18 1/4t Fluence (nicMAr2)File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
Material Description                                           54 EFPY Projection (with 1.78 bias CF on fluence)
1 Page 21 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO V Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.Figure 3. Predicted Decrease in Upper Shelf Energy as a Function of Pct. Copper and Fluence (from Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2 [71)100 9 6 1 a)I-a)a-a)C w*0-a)0)C a)w a)(5 a)C 3 2 10 8 7 6'5 A 2 I ;-1.OE+17 1.0E+18 1.OE+19 FLUENCE, nlcm 2 (E > 1MeV)1.OE+20 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Revision:
Reactor Vessel               Mati         Matt       Heat#     %Cu     Unirr. 1/4t fluence     % Drop     USE Beltline Region Location           Type         Ident.                       CvUSE   (10A19 n/cm2)       in USE   @ 1/4t Lower Intermediate Shell         A533B       G-3108-1   C-2921-2     0.14   81         0.129             14.3     69.4 Lower Intermediate Shell         A533B       G-3108-2   C-2945-1     0.10   80         0.129             11.7     70.6 Lower Intermediate Shell         A533B       G-3108-3   C-2945-2     0.10   81         0.129             11.7     71.5 Lower Shell               A533B       G-3109-1   C-2957-1     0.10   76         0.163             12.3     66.7 Lower Shell               A533B       G-3109-2   C-2957-2     0.10   79         0.163             12.3     69.3 Lower Shell               A533B       G-3109-3   C-2973-1     0.11   72         0.163             13.1     62.6 Lower Int./Lower Shell Circ. Weld Linde 1092     1-334     21935     0.183   75         0.111             19.6     60.3 Lower In. Shell Axial Welds     Linde 1092   1-338A,B,C 27204/12008   0.219   75         0.146             23.2     57.6 Lower Shell Axial Welds         Linde 1092   2-338A,B,C   27204     0.203   75         0.104             20.5     59.6 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                                                       Page 16 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0IRO
1 Page 22 of 22 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO}}
 
V     StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
Table 5. PNPS Maximum Projected Fluence and USE Drop for Vessel Beltline Materials Material Description                                     Maximum Projected Fluence and USE DroD Reactor Vessel                     Matl         Matl     %Cu   Unirr. 1/4t fluence   Max. % Drop Min. USE   Fluence Beltline Region Location               Type       Ident.         CvUSE   (10A19 n/cm2)       in USE       @ 1/4t   Ratio Lower Intermediate Shell               A533B     G-3108-1   0.14   81         > 6.0             38.3         50.0   > 46.5 Lower Intermediate Shell               A533B     G-3108-2   0.10   80         > 6.0             37.5         50.0   > 46.5 Lower Intermediate Shell               A533B     G-3108-3   0.10   81         > 6.0             38.3       50.0   > 46'5 Lower Shell                     A533B     G-3109-1   0.10   76         > 6.0             34.2         50.0   > 36.8 Lower Shell                     A533B     G-3109-2   0.10   79         > 6.0             36.7         50.0   > 36.8 Lower Shell                     A533B     G-3109-3   0.11   72         > 6.0             30.6       50.0   > 36.8 Lower Int./Lower Shell Circ. Weld         Linde 1092     1-334   0.183   75           1.11             33.3       50.0     10 Lower Int. Shell Axial Welds         Linde 1092 1-338A,B,C 0.219   75           0.71             33.3         50.0   4.86*
Lower Shell Axial Welds             Linde 1092 2-338A,B,C 0.203   75           0.86             33.3         50.0     8.3
* limiting fluence ratio to reach 50 ft-lbs CvUSE = (0.71E19)/(0.146E19) = 4.86 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                                                             Page 17 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0IRO
 
V       StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.
Table 6. Effects of Irradiation on RPV Axial Weld Properties Limiting Axial Welds - Lower Int. Long. Welds #1 and #3 Wire Heat/Lot (27204/12008, Lot No. 3774)
Pldnt                     CE (CEOG)           PNPS         PNPS with       PNPS Limit Bias CF Parameter Description               USNRC           Data for         Data for         Data for Limiting Plant-   axial weld       axial weld       axial weld Specific Data   (no bias CF)   (1.78 bias CF) (limiting fluence)
EFPY                           64               54               54               >54 Initial (unirradiated) reference                 0             -48              -48               -48 temperature (RTndt), OF Neutron fluence al the end of the requested relief period (Peak               4.OOE+18         1.14E+18       2.03E+18         8.48E+18*
Surface Fluencb in the Beltline),
n/cmA2 FF = Fluence factor (calculated             0.746           0,444           0.573             0.954 per Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2)
Weld Copper content, wt. %                     0.219           0.219           0.219             0.219 Weld Nickel content, wt%                       0.996           0.996           0.996             0.996 CF = Chemistry Factor                         231.1           231.1           231.1             231.1 Increase in reference temperature             172.4           102.9           132.4             220.4 (Aamndt), OF       (= FF*CF)
Mean adjusted reference                       172.4           54.9             84.4             172.4 temperature (ART), OF
(= RTndt +ARTndt)
          *Fluence ratio = (8.48E 18)/(2.03E 18) = 4.18
* File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                         Page 18 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO
 
V       StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
Table 7. Effects of Irradiation on RPV Circumferential Weld Properties Limiting Circ. Weld - Lower Int.-to-Lower Shell Circ. Weld 1-344 Wire Heat/Lot (21935, Lot No. 3869)
Plant                   CE (CEOG)           PNPS         PNPS with         PNPS Limit Bias CIF     _____
Parameter Description               USNRC           Data for       Data for           Data for Limiting Plant-   circ. weld     circ. weld         circ. weld Specific Data   (no bias CF)   (1.78 bias CF)   (limiting fluence)
EFPY                           64               54             54                 >54 Initial (unirradiated) reference                 0             -50            -50                 -50 temperature (RTndt), OF Neutron fluence at the end of the requested relief period (Peak               4.OOE+18       8.69E+17         1.55E+18           1.14E+19*
Surface Fluence in the Beltline),
n/cmA2 FF = Fluence factor (calculated             0.746           0.389           0.510               1.037 per Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2)
Weld Copper content, wt. %                   0.183           0.183           0.183               0.183 Weld Nickel content, wt%                     0.704           0.704           0.704               0.704 CF = Chemistry Factor                         172.2           172.2           172.2               172.2 Increase in reference temperature             128.5             67.1           87.9               178.5 (ARTndt), 'F       (=IFF*CF)
Mean adjusted reference                       128.5             17.1           37.9               128.5 temperature (ART), 'F
(= RTndt +ARTndt)
        *Fluence ratio = (1.14E19)/(1.55E18) = 7.35 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                               Page 19 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO
 
r     StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.
Figure 1: Pressure Test P-T Curve (Curve A) for 54 EFPY with Bias CF on Fluence 181 1,200
                                                                                                                                                -      -    -- T-         -   -
                                                                            ..... .-T    1-
                                                                                        .....          -      -- --  -7.....               T
                                                  --[......i.........i
                                .... TI-----[&deg;---*-...........
1,100        ,_        _ __ .. . . ... .------         -7          r -t -           i
* k   - -/ --- - - . rr, 1,000 900
                                              +zz                                      -                                                           vA
: e.                                                                       .i        . ...                                                 ,
L    -_ --
0.
800 0
I--
iJ                                                                      .----                   v----                                                     --------
700
                                                      -               -       IT                    i                  .
LU
                                                                                                -- 7..                                                   *--- H                   1 7-B-otto 600 0
ILl X
I-D    500 Ul F                                                  -z -         I            L S250 400 7 -_u1 - _,
                            * --*---I---&#xf7;  ..... ..............
                                                                                                                                      ....... Uppee...
BL--     i Ve . ,-sse -...
en                              .... ~~~~~~~~~~**==*--.-I                k---***-                               '--.... .Boto Head-ILl  300                            _*__,~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~pe
* Ve--ssel...................... --
                                                                                                                                              -    i*          ..      -- "I*~*..
0.
                                      -- J.i~._*i...
                                                                                                                      .....       l-                 '    ,          i7
                                                                            - .-:-.*T
                                                                      ........                          -*-    -T" 200                            m * '--.- r-*=
100 0
0                         50                                  100                          150                          200                              250 MINIMUM                REACTOR              VESSEL            METAL    TEMPERATURE                  (&deg;F)
PNPS Pressure Test Curve (Curve A), 54 EFPY bias on fluence of 1.78.)
(NOTE: The fluence used on the beitline curve is increasedby a calculated Page 20 of 22 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                                                                                                                Page 20 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO
 
V    Structural IntegrityAssociates, Inc.
Figure 2: Calculated Hydrotest Temperature and 1/4t ART versus Fluence 250 200
          . 150 UL Eo.100 50 0
0        1E+18      2E+18        3E+18          4E+18  5E+18    6E+18 1/4t Fluence (nicMAr2)
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                Page 21 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO
 
V    StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.
Figure 3. Predicted Decrease in Upper Shelf Energy as a Function of Pct. Copper and Fluence (from Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2 [71) 100 9
6 1
3 a)
I-a) a-       2 a)
C w
            *0-10 a) 8 0) 7 C
6 a) w
                    '5 a)
(5     A a)
C 2
I ;-
1.OE+17                          1.0E+18                            1.OE+19                        1.OE+20 2
FLUENCE, nlcm (E > 1MeV)
File No.: PNPS-27Q-301                                                                                                Page 22 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO}}

Latest revision as of 15:04, 13 March 2020

E-MAIL: (NPA-PD) Pilgrim Amendment
ML071640342
Person / Time
Site: Pilgrim
Issue date: 05/01/2007
From: Perry Buckberg
NRC/NRR/ADRO/DLR/RLRA
To: Jennifer Davis, Dan Hoang, Naeem Iqbal, Lambros L, Matthew Mitchell, Christopher Sydnor
NRC/NRR/ADES/DCI/CVIB, NRC/NRR/ADRA/DRA/AFPB, NRC/NRR/ADRO/DLR/RLRC
References
TAC MD3698
Download: ML071640342 (68)


Text

I Perry BuckberQ - PiIQrim Amendment

- I PaQe1 From: Perry Buckberg To: Christopher Sydnor; Dan Hoang; James Davis; Lambros Lois; Matthew Mitchell; Naeem IQBAL Date: 5/1/2007 9:20:11 PM

Subject:

Pilgrim Amendment The attached files make up LRA Amendment 16 dated 5/1/2007. I will be out of the office tomorrow (5/2/2007) but will check on the status Thursday.

Thanks, Perry CC: Louise Lund

Ic:\tem\G'W}00002TMP Pag 1P Mail Envelope Properties (4637E74B.8F6: 9 : 8248)

Subject:

Pilgrim Amendment Creation Date 5/1/2007 9:20:11 PM From: Perry Buckberg Created By: PHB1 (nrc.gov Recipients Action Date & Time nrc.gov OWGWPO02.HQGWDO01 Delivered 5/1/2007 9:20:24 PM NXI (Naeem IQBAL) nrc.gov OWGWPO03.HQGWDO01 Delivered 5/1/2007 9:20:17 PM JAD (James Davis) nrc.gov OWGWPO04.HQGWDO01 Delivered 5/1/2007 9:20:21 PM DVH (Dan Hoang) nrc.gov TWGWPOO1 .HQGWDOO1 Delivered 5/1/2007 9:20:25 PM LXL CC (Louise Lund)

LXL1 (Lambros Lois)

MAM4 (Matthew Mitchell) nrc.gov TWGWPO02.HQGWDO01 Delivered 5/1/2007 9:20:22 PM CRS (Christopher Sydnor)

Post Office Delivered Route OWGWPO02.HQGWDO01 5/1/2007 9:20:24 PM nrc.gov OWGWPO03.HQGWDO01 5/1/2007 9:20:17 PM nrc.gov OWGWPOO4.HQGWDOO1 5/1/2007 9:20:21 PM nrc.gov TWGWPOO1 .HQGWDO01 5/1/2007 9:20:25 PM nrc.gov TWGWPO02.HQGWDO01 5/1/2007 9:20:22 PM nrc.gov Files Size Date & Time MESSAGE 496 5/1/2007 9:20:11 PN Pilgrim LRA Amendment 16 5 1 2007.pdf 2862546 5/1/2007 8:15:32 PM Pilgrim LRA Amendment 16 2 5_1 2007.pdf 3201616 5/1/2007 8:18:46 PM Options

Auto Delete: No Expiration Date: None Notify Recipients: Yes Priority: Standard ReplyRequested: No Return Notification: None Concealed

Subject:

No Security: Standard To Be Delivered: Immediate Status Tracking: Delivered

`Ent&W Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station 600 Rocky Hill Road Plymouth, MA 02360 Stephen J. Bethay Director, Nuclear Assessment May 1, 2007 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555-0001

SUBJECT:

Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Docket No. 50-293 License No. DPR-35 License Renewal Application Amendment 16

REFERENCES:

1. Entergy Letter, License Renewal Application, dated January 25, 2006
2. NRC Safety Evaluation Report with Open Items Related to the Pilgrim License Renewal Application, dated March 2007

-3. NRC Request for additional information for review of the Pilgrim license renewal application, dated March 26, 2007

4. Entergy Letter, Comments on NRC Draft Safety Evaluation Report Related to PNPS LRA, dated March 28, 2007 LETTER NUMBER: 2.07.027

Dear Sir or Madam:

In Reference 1, Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. applied for renewal of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station operating license. NRC TAC No. MC9669 was assigned to the application.

This letter provides information to address the Open Items from the NRC safety evaluation report (SER), (Reference 2). This letter also provides information in response to a request for additional information (Reference 3) related to Open Item 4.2. In addition, this letter includes LRA amendments resulting from review of the NRC SER.

Commitments made by this letter are contained in Attachment A.

Please contact Mr. Bryan Ford, (508) 830-8403, if you have questions regarding this subject.

I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on May 1,2007.

Sincerely, Step en SafetyA Director Nuclear Safety Assessment ERS/dI

Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. Letter Number: 2.07.027 Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Page 2 Attachments:

Attachment A: Revised List of Regulatory Commitments Attachment B: Information in Response to the Open Items Listed in the Draft NRC SER, Including Associated LRA Amendments and License Condition Attachment C: LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs Attachment D: Torus Room Concrete Base Mat Evaluation (Dr. Franz Ulm, M.I.T.)

Attachment E: Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS cc: see next page

Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. Letter Number: 2.07.027 Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Page 3 cc: with Attachments Mr. Perry Buckberg Mr. Joseph Rogers Project Manager Commonwealth of Massachusetts Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Assistant Attorney General U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Division Chief, Utilities Division Washington, DC 20555-0001 1 Ashburton Place Boston, MA 02108 Alicia Williamson Mr. Matthew Brock, Esq.

Project Manager Commonwealth of Massachusetts Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Assistant Attorney General U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Environmental Protection Division Washington, DC 20555-0001 One Ashburton Place Boston, MA 02108 Susan L. Uttal, Esq. Diane Curran, Esq.

Office of the General Counsel Harmon, Curran, and Eisenberg, L.L.P.

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 1726 M Street N.W., Suite 600*

Mail Stop 0-15 D21 Washington, DC 20036 Washington, DC 20555-0001 Sheila Slocum Hollis, Esq. Molly H. Bartlett, Esq.

Duane Morris LLP 52 Crooked Lane 1667 K Street N.W., Suite 700 Duxbury, MA 02332 Washington, DC 20006 cc: without Attachments Mr. James S. Kim, Project Manager Mr. Robert Walker, Director Division of Operating Reactor Licensing Massachusetts Department of Public Health Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Radiation Control Program U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Schrafft Center, Suite 1 M2A One White Flint North 4D9A 529 Main Street 11555 Rockville Pike Charlestown, MA 02129 Rockville, MD 20852 Mr. Jack Strosnider, Director Mr. Ken McBride, Director Office of Nuclear Material and Safeguards Massachusetts Energy Management Agency U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 400 Worcester Road Washington, DC 20555-00001 Framingham, MA 01702 Mr. Samuel J. Collins, Administrator Mr. James E. Dyer, Director Region I Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 475 Allendale Road Washington, DC 20555-00001 King of Prussia, PA 19406 NRC Resident Inspector Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station

ATTACHMENT A to Letter 2.07.027 (8 pages)

Revised List of Regulatory Commitments

-b

Revised List of Regulatory Commitments The following table identifies those actions committed to by Entergy in this document.

Any other statements in this submittal are provided for information purposes and are not considered to be regulatory commitments.

COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments Implement the Buried Piping and Tanks Inspection June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.2 /Audit Program as described in LRA Section B.1.2. 2.06.003 Item 320 and 2.06.057 2 Enhance the implementing procedure for ASME June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.6 / Audit Section XI inservice inspection and testing to specify 2.06.003 Item 320 that the guidelines in Generic Letter 88-01 or and approved BWRVIP-75 shall be considered in 2.06.057 determining sample expansion if indications are found in Generic Letter 88-01 welds.

3 Inspect fifteen (15) percent of the top guide locations As stated in the Letters B.1.8 / Audit using enhanced visual inspection technique, EVT-1, commitment. 2.06.003 Items 155, within'the first 18 years of the period of extended and 320 operation, with at least one-third of the inspections to 2.06.057 be completed within the first six (6) years and at least and two-thirds within the first 12 years of the period of 2.06.064 extended operations. Locations selected for and examination will be areas that have exceeded the 2.06.081 neutron fluence threshold.

4 Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.10 /

include quarterly sampling of the security diesel 2.06.003 Audit Items generator fuel storage tank. Particulates (filterable and 320, 566 solids), water and sediment checks will be performed 2.06.057 on the samples. Filterable solids acceptance criteria and will be = 10 mg/l. Water and sediment acceptance 2.06.089 criteria will be = 0.05%.

5 Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.10/

install instrumentation to monitor for leakage between 2.06.003 Audit Items the two walls of the security diesel generator fuel and 155, 320 storagle tank to ensure that significant degradation is 2.06.057 not occurring.

6 Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to June 8, 2012 Letters 6.1.10/

specify acceptance criterion for UT measurements of 2.06.003 Audit Items emergency diesel generator fuel storage tanks and 165, 320 (T-126A&B). _ 2.06.057, I

  1. COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments 7 Enhance Fire Protection Program procedures to state June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.13.1 /

that the diesel engine sub-systems (including the fuel 2.06.003 Audit Items supply line) shall be observed while the pump is and 320, 378 running. Acceptance criteria will be enhanced to 2.06.057 verify that the diesel engine did not exhibit signs of and degradation while it was running; such as fuel oil, 2.06.064 lube oil, coolant, or exhaust gas leakage. Also, enhance procedures to clarify that the diesel-driven fire pump engine is inspected for evidence of corrosion in the intake air, turbocharger, and jacket water.system components as well as lube oil cooler.

The jacket water heat exchanger is inspected for evidence of corrosion or buildup to manage loss of material and fouling on the tubes. Also, the engine exhaust piping and silencer are inspected for evidence of internal corrosion or cracking.

8 Enhance the Fire Protection Program procedure for June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.13.1 /

Halon system functional testing to state that the 2.06.003 Audit Item Halon 1301 flex hoses shall be replaced if leakage and 320 occurs during the system functional test. 2.06.057 9 Enhance Fire Water System Program procedures to June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.13.2 /

include inspection of hose reels for corrosion. 2.06.003 Audit Item Acceptance criteria will be enhanced to verify no and 320 1 significant corrosion. 2.06.057 10 Enhance the Fire.Water System Program to state that June 8, 2012 Letters B. 1.13.2 /

a sample of sprinkler heads will be inspected using 2.06.003 Audit Item guidance of NFPA 25 (2002 Edition) Section and 320 5.3.1.1.1. NFPA 25 also contains guidance to repeat 2.06.057 this sampling every 10 years after initial field service testing.

11 Enhance the Fire Water System Program to state that June 8, 2012 Letters B. 1.13.2 /

wall thickness evaluations of fire protection piping will 2.06.003 Audit Item be performed on system components using non- and 320 intrusive techniques (e.g., volumetric testing) to 2.06.057 identify evidence of loss of material due to corrosion.

These inspections will be performed before the end of the current operating term and at intervals thereafter during the period of extended operation. Results of the initial evaluations will be used to determine the appropriate inspection interval to ensure aging effects are identified prior to loss of intended function.

12 Implement the Heat Exchanger Monitoring Program June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.15!

as described in LRA Section B.1.15. 2.06.003 Audit Item and 320 2.06.057 2

COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section No./

Comments 13 Enhance the Instrument Air Quality Program to June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.17/

include a sample point in the standby gas treatment 2.06.003 Audit Item and torus vacuum breaker instrument air subsystem and 320 in addition to the instrument air header sample points. .2.06.057 14 Implement the Metal-Enclosed Bus Inspection June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.18 /

Program as described in LRA Section B.1.18. 2.06.003 Audit Item and 320 2.06.057 15 Implement the Non-EQ Inaccessible Medium-Voltage June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.19/

Cable Program as described in LRA Section B.1.19. 2.06.003 Audit items Include developing a formal procedure to inspect and 311,320 manholes for in-scope medium voltage cable. 2.06.057 16 Implement the Non-EQ Instrumentation Circuits Test June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.20/

Review Program as described in LRA Section B.1.20. 2.06,003 Audit Item and 320 2.06.057 17 Implement the Non-EQ Insulated Cables and June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.21/

Connections Program as described in LRA Section 2.06.003 Audit Item B.1.21. and 320 2.06.057 18 Enhance the Oil Analysis Program to periodically June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.22/

change CRD pump lubricating oil. A particle count 2.06.003 Audit Item and check for water will be performed on the drained and 320 oil to detect evidence of abnormal wear rates, 2.06.057 contamination by moisture, or excessive corrosion.

19 Enhance Oil Analysis Program procedures for June 8,2012 Letters B.1.22 /

security diesel and reactor water cleanup pump oil 2.06.003 Audit Item changes to obtain oil samples from the drained oil. and 320 Procedures for lubricating oil analysis will be 2.06.057 enhanced to specify that a particle count and check for water are performed on oil samples from the fire water )ump diesel, security diesel, and reactor water cleanup pumps.

20 Implement the One-Time Inspection Program as June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.23/

described in LRA Section B.1.23. 2.06.003 Audit Items and 219,320 2.06.057 and 2.07.023 21 Enharnce the Periodic Surveillance and Preventive June 8, 2012 Letters 8.1.24/

Maintenance Program as necessary to assure that 2.06.003 Audit Item the effects of aging will be managed as described in and 320 LRA Section B.1.24. _2.06.057 3

  1. COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section No./

Comments 22 Enhance the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program to June 8, 2012 Letters, B.1.26 /

proceduralize the data analysis, acceptance criteria, 2.06.003 Audit Item and corrective actions described in LRA Section and 320 B. 1.26. 2.06.057 23 Implement the Selective Leaching Program in June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.27 /

accordance with the program as described in LRA 2.06.003 Audit Item Section B.1.27. and 320 2.06.057 24 Enhance the Service Water Integrity Program June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.28/

procedure to clarify that heat transfer test results are 2.06.003 Audit Item trended. and 320 2.06.057 25 Enhance the Structures Monitoring Program June 8, 2012 Letters B. 1.29.2/

procedure to clarify that the discharge structure, 2.06.003 Audit Items security diesel generator building, trenches, valve and 238, 320 pits, manholes, duct banks, underground fuel oil tank 2.06.057 foundations, manway seals and gaskets, hatch seals and gaskets, underwater concrete in the intake structure, and crane rails and girders are included in the program. In addition, the Structures Monitoring Program will be revised to require opportunistic inspections of inaccessible concrete areas when they become accessible.

26 Enhance Structures Monitoring Program guidance for June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.29.2 /

performing structural examinations of elastomers 2.06.003 Audit Item (seals, gaskets, seismic joint filler, and roof and 320 elastomers) to identify cracking and change in 2.06.057 material properties.

27 Enhance the Water Control Structures Monitoring June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.29.3/

Program scope to include the east breakwater, jetties, 2.06.003 Audit Item and onshore revetments in addition to the main and 320 break~vater. 2,06.057 28 Enhance System Walkdown Program guidance June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.30/

documents to perform periodic system engineer 2.06.003 Audit Items inspections of systems in scope and subject to aging and 320, 327 management review for license renewal in 2.06.057 accordance with 10 CFR 54.4(a)(1) and (a)(3).

Inspections shall include areas surrounding the subject systems to identify hazards to those systems.

Inspections of nearby systems that could impact the subject systems will include SSCs that are in scope and subject to aging management review for license renewal in accordance with 10 CFR 54.4(a)(2).

4

COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments 29 Implement the Thermal Aging and Neutron Irradiation June 8, 2012 Letters B.1.31 /

Embrittlement of Cast Austenitic Stainless Steel 2.06.003 Audit Items (CASS) Program as described in LRA Section B.1.31. and 257, 320 2.06.057, 30 Perform a code repair of the CRD return line nozzle June 30, 2015 Letter B.1.3 / Audit to cap weld if the installed weld repair is not approved 2.06.057 Items 141, via accepted code cases, revised codes, or an 320 approved relief request for subsequent inspection intervals.

S31 At lea~st 2 years prior to entering the period of June 8, 2012 Letters 4.3.3 / Audit extended operation, for the locations identified in 2.06.057 Items 302, NUREG/CR-6260 for BWRs of the PNPS vintage, and 346 PNPS will implement one or more of the following: June 8, 2010 for 2.06.064 (1) Refine the fatigue analyses to determine valid CUFs submitting the and less than 1 when accounting for the effects of reactor water aging 2.06.081 environment. This includes applying the appropriate Fen management and factors to valid CUFs determined in accordance with one of program if PNPS 2.07.005 the following: selects the 1., For locations, including NUREG/CR-6260 locations, with option of existing fatigue analysis valid for the period of extended managing the operation, use the existing CUF to determine the affects of aging environmentally adjusted CUF. due to

2. More limiting PNPS-specific locations with a valid CUF environmentally may be added in addition to the NUREG/CR-6260 locations. assisted fatigue.
3. Representative CUF values from other plants, adjusted to or enveloping the PNPS plant specific external loads may be used ifdemonstrated applicable to PNPS.

4.orAn analysis using an NRC-approved version of the ASME code of NRC-approved alternative (e.g., NRC-approved code case) may be performed to determine a valid CUF.

The determination of Fen will account for operating times with both hydrogen* water chemistry and normal water chemistry.

(2) Manage the effects of aging due to fatigue at the affected locations by an inspection program that has been reviewed and approved by the NRC (e.g., periodic non-destructive examination of the affected locations at inspection intervals to be determined by a method acceptable to the NRC).

(3) Repair or replace the affected locations before exceeding a CUF of 1.0.

Should PNPS select the option to manage the aging effects due to environmental-assisted fatigue during the period of extended operation, details of the aging management program such as scope, qualification, method, and frequency will be submitted to the NRC at least 2.years prior to the period of extended operation.

5

COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section No./

Comments 32 Implement the enhanced Bolting Integrity Program June 8, 2012 Letters Audit items described in Attachment C of Pilgrim License 2.06.057 364, 373, Renewal Application Amendment 5 (Letter 2.06.064). and 389, 390, 2.06.064 432, 443, and 470 2.06.081 33 PNPS will inspect the inaccessible jet pump thermal As stated in the Letter Audit Items sleeve and core spray thermal sleeve welds if and commitment. 2.06.057 320, 488 when the necessary technique and equipment become available and the technique is demonstrated by the vendor, including delivery system.

34 Within the first 6 years of the period of extended June 8, 2018 Letters Audit Items operation and every 12 years thereafter, PNPS will 2.06.057 320, 461 inspect the access hole covers with UT methods. and Alternatively, PNPS will inspect the access hole 2.06.089 covers in accordance with BWRVIP guidelines should such guidance become available.

35 At least 2 years prior to entering the period of June 8, 2012 Letters Audit Item extended operation, for reactor vessel components, June 8, 2010 for 2.06.057 345 including the feedwater nozzles, PNPS will implement submitting the and one o( more of the following: aging 2.06.064 (1) Refine the fatigue analyses to determine valid management and CUFs less than 1. Determine valid CUFs based on programif PNPS 2.06.081 numbers of transient cycles projected to be valid selects the for the period of extended operation. Determine option of CUFs in accordance with an NRC-approved managing the version of the ASME code or NRC-approved affects of aging.

alternative (e.g., NRC-approved code case).

(2) Manage the effects of aging due to fatigue at the affected locations by an inspection program that has been reviewed and approved by the NRC (e.g., periodic non-destructive examination of the affected locations at inspection intervals to be determined by a method acceptable to the NRC).

(3) Repair of replace the affected locations before exceeding a CUF of 1.0.

Should PNPS select the option to manage the aging effects due to fatigue during the period of extended operation, details of the aging management program such as scope, qualification, method, and frequency will be submitted to the NRC at least 2 years prior to the period of extended operation.

6

COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments 36 To ensure that significant degradation on the bottom June 8, 2012 Letter Audit Items of the condensate storage tank is not occurring, a 2.06.057 320, 363 one-time ultrasonic thickness examination in accessible areas of the bottom of the condensate storage tank will be performed. Standard examination and sampling techniques will be utilized.

37 The BWR Vessel Internals Program includes June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.8/

inspections of the steam dryer. Inspections of the 2.06.089 Conference steam dryer will follow the guidelines of BWRVIP-139 call on and General Electric SIL 644 Rev. 1. September 25, 2006 38 Enhance the Diesel Fuel Monitoring Program to June 8, 2012 Letter B.1.10/

include periodic ultrasonic thickness measurement of 2.06.089 Audit Item the bottom surface of the diesel fire pump day tank. 565 The first ultrasonic inspection of the bottom surface of the diesel fire pump day tank will occur prior to the period of extended operation, following engineering analysis to determine acceptance criteria and test locations. Subsequent test intervals will be determined based on the first inspection results.

39 Perfo*rm a one-time inspection of the Main Stack June 8, 2012 Letter B.1.23 /

foundation prior to the period of extended operation. 2.06.094 Audit Item 581 40 Enhance the Oil Analysis Program by documenting June 8, 2012 Letter B.1.22 /

program elements 1 through 7 in controlled 2.06.094 Audit Items documents. The program elements will include 553 and 589 enhancements identified in the PNPS license renewal application and subsequent amendments to the application. The program will include periodic sampling for the parameters specified under the Parameters Monitored/Inspected attribute of NUREG-1801 Section XI.M39, Lubricating Oil Analysis. The controlled documents will specify appropriate acceptance criteria and corrective actions in the event acceptance criteria are not met. The basis for acceptance criteria will be defined.

41 Enhance the Containment Inservice Inspection (CII) June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.17 and Progrqm to require augmented inspection in 2.06.094 B. 1.16.1 accordance with ASME Section XI IWE-1240, of the drywell shell adjacent to the sand cushion following indications of water leakage into the annulus air gap.

42 Implement the Bolted Cable Connections Program, June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.40 and described in Attachment C of Pilgrim License 2.07.003 B.1.34 Renewal Application 11 (Letter 2.07.003), prior to the period of extended operation.

7

COMMITMENT IMPLEMENTATION SOURCE Related SCHEDULE LRA Section NoJ Comments 43 Include within the Structures Monitoring Program June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.32 and provisions to ensure groundwater samples are 2.07.005 B.1.29.2 evaluated periodically to assess the aggressiveness of groundwater to concrete, as described in Attachment E of LRA Amendment 12 (Letter 2.07.005), prior to the period of extended operation.

44 Perform another set of the UT measurements just As stated in the Letter A.2.1.17 and above and adjacent to the sand cushion region prior commitment. 2.07.010 B.1.16.1 to the period of extended operation and once within the first 10 years of the period of extended operation.

45 If groundwater continues to collect on the Torus As stated in the Letters A.2.1.32 and Room floor, obtain samples and test such water to commitment. 2.07.010 B.1.29.2 determine its pH and verify the water is non- and aggressive as defined in NUREG-1 801 Section IllI.A1 2.07.027 item II1.A.1-4 once prior to the period of extended operation and once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation.

46 Inspect the condition of a sample of the torus hold- June 8, 2012 Letter A.2.1.32 and down bolts and associated grout and determine 2.07.027 B.1.29.2 appropriate actions based on the findings prior to the period of extended operation.

47 Submit to the NRC an action plan to improve Sept.15, 2007 Letter 4.2.2, benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T 2.07.027 A.2.2.1.1, curves for Pilgrim. and A.2.2.1.2 48 On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the June 8, 2010 Letter 4.2, 4.7.1, NRC calculations consistent with Regulatory 2.07.027 A.1.1 and Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence A.2.2.1 values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.

8

ATTACHMENT B to Letter 2.07.027 (17 pages)

Information in Response to the Open Items Listed in the Draft NRC SER, Including Associated LRA Amendments and License Condition I

01 2.3.3.6: (SER Section 2.3.3.6 - Security Diesel)

LRA Table 2.3.3-6 shows the component types subject to an AMR but the security diesel system was not in the FSAR or in any license renewal drawings; therefore, the staff could not determine the portion of the security diesel system within the scope of license renewal.

Additionally, the staff could not determine whether any components within the scope of license renewal were not shown as subject to an AMR. The staff referred this issue to NRC Region I who will determine whether security diesel system components are within the scope of license renewal.

01 2.3.3.6 Response Entergy provided NRC Region I with support as requested.

207027 Page 1 of 17

01 3.0.3.2.10: (SER Section 3.0.3.2.10 - Fire Protection Program)

The applicant is taking an exception to the GALL Report program element "detection of aging effects," specifically:

The NUREG-1 801 program states that approximately 10 percent of each type of penetration seal should be visually inspected at least once every refueling outage. The PNPS program specifies inspection of approximately 20 percent of the seals each operating cycle, with all accessible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles.

The LRA states that, because aging effects typically are manifested over several years, this variation in inspection frequency is insignificant. GALL AMP XI.M26 specifies approximately 10 percent of each type of seal should be inspected visually at least every refueling outage (two years). The applicant clarified that the program specifies inspection of approximately 20 percent of the seals, including at least one seal of each type, each operating cycle, with all accessible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles. The applicant needs to address how to manage the aging effect of inaccessible fire barrier penetration seals.

01 3.0.3.2.10 Response The PNPS requirement to inspect penetration seals applies to 100% of the seals. The word "accessible" is not necessary in the discussion of the exception for Detection of Aging Effects in the PNPS program. All fire barrier penetration seals are inspected at least once every five operating cycles. In LRA Appendix B, Section B.1.13.1, the word "accessible" is removed resulting in the following description of the exception for Detection of Aging Effects.

The NUREG-1 801 program states that approximately 10% of each type of penetration seal should be visually inspected at least once-every refueling outage. The PNPS program specifies inspection of approximately 20% of the seals each operating cycle, with all aGeeSeible fire barrier penetration seals being inspected at least once every five operating cycles.

207027 Page 2 of 17

01 3.0.3.3.2: (SER Section 3.0.3.3.2 - Containment Inservice Inspection and Section 3.5.2.2.1 -

PWR and BWR Containments)

A recent NRC Region 1 inspection team observations indicated the following:

  • The flow switch in the bellows rupture drain had failed its surveillance in December 2005 and has not been fixed or evaluated. In addition, the flow switch also failed in 1999.
  • Monitoring of other drains has been inconclusive and not well documented.
  • The torus room floor has had water on the floor on multiple occasions.

In Request for'Additional Information (RAI) B.1.16.1, dated November 7, 2006, the applicant was asked to address the above finding and discuss the impact on the aging management of potential loss of material due to corrosion in the inaccessible area of the Mark I steel containment drywell shell, basemat, including the sand pocket region for the period of extended operation.

01 3.0.3.3.2 Response Entergy letter dated March 13, 2007 provided information to address this open item and RAI B.1.16.1. With regard to the issue of water on the torus room floor, Attachment D to this letter contains a report prepared by a consultant to Entergy that provides a detailed evaluation of the groundwater seepage through the concrete basemat.

Commitments 43, 45, and 46 will be implemented to address this issue. Commitment 45 made in the March 13, 2007 Entergy letter is revised by this letter to require it be performed once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation in addition to it being performed once prior to the period of extended operation. Commitment 46 is added by this letter. These commitments are listed in Attachment A to this letter and read as follows:

43 Include within the Structures Monitoring Program provisions to ensure groundwater samples are evaluated periodically to assess the aggressiveness of groundwater to concrete, as described in Attachment E of LRA Amendment 12 (Letter 2.07.005), prior to the period of extended operation.

45 If groundwater continues to collect on the Torus Room floor, obtain samples and test such water to determine its pH and verify the water is non-aggressive as defined in NUREG-1801 Section IllI.A1 item II1.A.1-4 once prior to the period of extended operation and once within the first ten years of the period of extended operation.

46 Inspect the condition of a sample of the torus hold-down bolts and associated grout and determine appropriate actions based on the findings prior to the period of extended operation.

207027 Page 3 of 17

01 4.2: (SER Sections: 3.0.3.2.15 - Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program, 4.2 - Reactor Vessel Neutron Embrittlement, 4.7.1 - Reflood Thermal Shock of the Reactor Vessel Internals, 4.7.2.1 BWRVIP-05, Reactor Vessel Circumferential Welds)

Due to the lack of benchmarking data in support of the plant-specific RAMA fluence calculations, the staff finds neutron fluence values unacceptable for use in the reactor vessel neutron embrittlement TLAAs.

01 4.2 Response 01 4.2 was clarified by the NRC in a request for additional information (RAI) transmitted in a letter dated March 26, 2007. The RAIs and responses are provided below.

RAI# 4.2

1. Fluence was calculated for the Pilgrim reactor vessel (RV) for the extended 60-year licensed operating period (54 effective full power years (EFPY) of facility operation),

using the Radiation Analysis Modeling Application (RAMA) fluence methodology. The RAMA fluence methodology was previously approved by the NRC staff, and the results are acceptable for licensing actions provided that: (1) the RAMA application follows the guidance in Regulatory Guide 1.190 and (2) RV fluence calculations have at least one credible plant-specific surveillance capsule for benchmarking.

The applicant provided 54 EFPY fluence values for the Pilgrim RV beltline materials in Section 4.2.1 of the License Renewal Application (LRA). These fluence values were used throughout Section 4.2 of the LRA for the RV neutron embrittlement time limited aging analyses (TLAAs). However, due to the lack of a credible plant-specific benchmark, the staff finds the 54 EFPY fluence values provided in LRA Section 4.2.1 unacceptable for use in the RV neutron embrittlement TLAAs. Therefore, the staff requests that the applicant revise Section 4.2.1 of the LRA to provide an acceptable neutron fluence evaluation or an alternative proposal for closing this TLAA topic in the LRA review.

2. Due to the lack of benchmarking data in-support of the plant-specific RAMA fluence calculations, the staff cannot complete its review of the TLAAs in LRA Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6 and 4.7.1, as well as the aging management program (AMP) on the RV material surveillance program, using the current fluence values for the Pilgrim RV that were provided in LRA Section 4.2.1. Therefore, the staff requests that the applicant revise LRA Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.3,4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6, 4.7.1, and the AMP on the RV material surveillance program to provide an acceptable evaluation of these topics or an alternative proposal for closing these topics in the LRA review.

Response

The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the Pilgrim reactor vessel and internals. The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry. Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy. To ensure resolution of this issue, Commitment 47, which reads as follows, is added by this letter.

207027 Page 4 of 17

47 On or before September 15, 2007 submit to the NRC an action plan to improve benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T curves for Pilgrim.

To address this issue, an alternative analysis is provided as a means to close this TLAA topic in the LRA review. To address fluence-related TLAAs for the period of extended operation, Entergy has evaluated the affected TLAAs to determine the limiting fluence value. The evaluation included information presented in LRA sections 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.2.6, 4.7.1, and the AMP on the RV material surveillance program. From this evaluation the limiting fluence was determined.

The alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value is included as Attachment E.

This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties. Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered. By assuming increasing fluence levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria. This analysis also shows that there is a large margin available to this limiting fluence at the end of the period of extended operation.

The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400 that requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed increasing fluence and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures arerequired to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum starting temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F with a corresponding maximum allowable 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for all fluence-related TLAAs. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that all of the fluence-relatedTLAAs remain valid, Commitment 48, which reads as follows, is added by this letter.

On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the NRC calculations consistent 48 with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.

Entergy would find it acceptable if this commitment became a license condition.

It should be noted that at the ACRS meeting on April 4, 2007, reference was made to EPRI research that investigated the irradiated behavior of stainless steel components in order to predict service life. Further review has shown that the predictions of service life related to fluence are not directly relevant in this case. The core shroud and the top guide are components that are susceptible to aging effects. However, a review of the analyses related to the core shroud found that the only time-limited aging analysis (TLAA) involves the fatigue analysis and calculation of cumulative usage factors (CUFs) for the shroud repair. The core shroud does not 207027 Page 5 of 17

affect the oper&ting P-T limit curves and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the core shroud structure. Similarly, the top guide does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the top guide structure.

PNPS has re-evaluated the neutron embrittlement issues of Sections 4.2 and 4.7.1 and prepared revised LRA sections below. The Reactor Vessel Material Surveillance Program, with the changes to the fluence extrapolation, is correct as written, and no changes to Appendix B, Section B.1.26 are necessary.

LRA Amendments 4.2 REACTOR VESSEL NEUTRON EMBRITTLEMENT The regulations governing reactor vessel integrity are in 10 CFR 50. Section 50.60 requires that all light-water reactors meet the fracture toughness, pressure-temperature limits, and material surveillance program requirements for the reactor coolant pressure boundary as set forth in 10 CFR 50 Appenrices G and H.

The PNPS current licensing basis analyses evaluating reduction of fracture toughness of the PNPS reactor vessel for 40 years are TLAA. The reactor vessel neutron embrittlement TLAA has been projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii) as summarized below. Fifty-four effective full-power years (EFPY) are projected for the end of the period of extended operation (60 years) assuming an average capacity factor of 90% for 60 years.

4.2.1 Reactor Vessel Fluence Calculated fluence is based on a time-limited assumption defined by the operating term. As such, fluence is the time-limited assumption for the time-limited aging analyses that evaluate reactor vessel neutron embrittlement.

Fluence values were calculated using the RAMA fluence methodology. The RAMA fluence methodology was developed for the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. and the boiling water reactor vessel and internals project (BWRVIP) for the purpose of calculating neutron fluence in boiling water reactor components. This methodology has been approved by the NRC (Reference 4.2-20) for application in accordance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.190; assuming the results are appropriately benchmarked.

The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the Pilgrim reactor vessel. The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry. Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy. Commitment 47 requires a plan for resolving this discrepancy to be developed and submitted for review by September 2007.

An alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value has been performed. This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties. Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered. By assuming increasing fluence 207027 Page 6 of 17

levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria.

The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The-vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature starting for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2. This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for all fluence-related TLAAs. Commitment 48 is to confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that all of the fluence-related TLAAs will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation.

At PNPS, the limiting beltline material for 40 years consists of 6 plates and their connecting welds, all adjacent to the active fuel zone. No nozzles are included in the limiting beltline materials for the current term of operation (Reference 4.2-2).

The beltline will be re-evaluated for 60 years. An evaluation of the RTNDT for nozzle forgings and welds is expected to show that their adjusted reference temperature at 54 EFPY will be well below the adjusted reference temperatures used in determining the P-T limits. Thus, the nozzle forgings and welds are not expected to be the limiting items for the period of extended operation.

4.2.2 Pressure-Temperature Limits Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel boltup, hydrotest, pressure tests, normal operation, and anticipated operational occurrences be accomplished within established pressure-temperature (P-T) limits. These limits are established by calculations that utilize the materials and fluence data obtained through the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program.

Pilgrim received License Amendment 227 dated March 29, 2007 that extended the existing P-T limit curves for Pilgrim through Cycle 18.

The P-T limit cirves will continue to be updated, as required by Appendix G of 10 CFR Part 50 or as operational needs dictate. This updating will assure that the operational limits remain valid through the period of extended operation. Maintaining the P-T limit curves in accordance with Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 assures that the effects of aging on the intended function(s) will be adequately managed for the period of extended operation consistent with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(iii).

4.2.3 Charpy Upper-Shelf Energy Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper-shelf energy ... of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper-shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb...." The initial (unirradiated) values of 207027 Page 7 of 17

upper-shelf energy (CVUSE) for PNPS beltline welds were provided to the NRC in correspondence responding to Generic Letter 92-01 (References 4.2-9, 4.2-10).

Regulatory Guide 1.99, Radiation Embrittlementof Reactor Vessel Materials, Revision 2, provides two methods for determining Charpy upper-shelf energy (CVUSE). Position 1 applies for material that does not have surveillance data and Position 2 applies for material with surveillance data. Position 2 requires a minimum of two sets of credible material surveillance data. Since PNPS has data from only one material surveillance capsule, Position 2 does not apply. For Position 1, the percent drop in CVUSE for a stated copper content and neutron fluence is determined by reference to Figure 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2. This percentage drop is applied to the initial CVUSE to obtain the adjusted CVUSE.

The predictions for percent drop in CVUSE at 54 EFPY must be based on chemistry data, the maximum 1/4T fluence values, and unirradiated CVUSE data submitted to the NRC in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. The predicted CVUSE values for 54 EFPY will utilize Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position 1. The predictions will use Regulatory Guide 1.99, Position 1, Figure 2; specifically, the formula for the lines will be used to calculate the percent drop in CVUSE (Reference 4.2-14).

PNPS will use chemistry data from previous licensing submittals, the PNPS response to GL 92-01 (References 4.2-9, 4.2-10, 4.2-14), and the 1/4T fluence values to be determined to perform linear interpolation on the CVUSE percent drop values in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Figure 2.

The license renewal SER for BWRVIP-74 (Reference 4.2-11), Action Item #10, states that each license renewal applicant shall demonstrate that the percent reduction in Charpy USE for their beltline materials is less than that specified for the limiting BWR/3-6 plates and the non-Linde 80 submerged arc welds given in BWRVIP-74. This action item is not applicable to PNPS ifthe PNPS projected CVUSE remains above the 50 ft-lb limit, even for the period of extended operation.

An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel Charpy upper shelf energy TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.

4.2.4 Adjusted Reference Temperature Irradiation by high-energy neutrons raises the value of RTNDT for the reactor vessel. RTNDT is the reference temperature for nil-ductility transition as defined in Section NB-2320 of the ASME Code. The initial RTNDT is determined through testing of unirradiated material specimens. The shift in reference temperature, ARTNDT, is the difference in the 30 ft-lb index temperatures from the average Charpy curves measured before and after irradiation. The adjusted reference 207027 Page 8 of 17

temperature (ART) is defined as initial RTNDT + ARTNDT + margin. The margin is defined in RG 1.99, Revision 2. The P-T curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel materials.

RG 1.99 Revision 2 defines the calculation methods for RTNDT and ART.

The PNPS reactor vessel was evaluated for an assumed exposure of less than 1019 nvt of neutrons with energies exceeding 1 MeV (Reference 4.2-1). After approximately 4.17 EFPY, the first surveillance capsule was withdrawn from the vessel and tested. The capsule test report concludes that the shift in RTNDT and upper-shelf energy over 32 EFPY will be within 10 CFR 50 guidelines.

PNPS will project values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY using the methodology of RG 1.99.

These values will be calculated using the chemistry data, margin values, initial RTNDT values, and chemistry factors (CFs) contained in the PNPS response to GL 92-01 (References 4.2-3, 4.2-9, 4.2-10, 4.2-13). Initial RTNDT values are from report SIR-00-082, which was submitted in 2001 as part of the PNPS P-T limit change request (Reference 4.2-5). The 1/4T fluence values discussed in Section 4.2.1 will be used. New fluence factors (FFs) will be calculated using the expression in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Equation 2, where the fluence factor is given by FF=f (0.28-O.1O*logf)

In this equation, f is the 1/4T fluence value. The new ARTNDT values will be calculated by multiplying the CF and the FF for each plate and weld. Calculated margins and the initial RTNDT will then be added to the calculated ARTNDT in order to arrive at the new value of ART.

An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2. This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel adjusted reference temperature TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.

4.2.5 Reactor Vessel Circumferential Weld Inspection Relief Relief from reactor vessel circumferential weld examination requirements under Generic Letter 98-05 is based on an analysis indicating acceptable probability of failure per reactor operating year. The analysis is based on reactor vessel metallurgical conditions as well as flaw indication sizes and frequencies of occurrence that are expected at the end of a licensed operating period.

PNPS received NRC approval for this relief for the remainder of the original 40-year license term. The basis for this relief request is an analysis that satisfied the limiting conditional failure probability for the circumferential welds at the expiration of the current license, based on BWRVIP-05 and the extent of neutron embrittlement (References 4.2-16, 4.2-17). The 207027 Page 9 of 17

anticipated changes in metallurgical conditions expected over the extended operating period require additional analysis to extend this relief request.

The NRC evaluation of BWRVIP-05 utilized the FAVOR code to perform a probabilistic fracture mechanics (PFM) analysis to estimate the reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell weld failure probabilities. Three key inputs to the PFM analysis are (1) the estimated end-of-life mean neutron fluence, (2) mean chemistry values based on vessel types, and (3) the assumption of potential for beyond-design-basis events.

PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analy.is for the first two key assumptions. The data will be from the NRC SER for PNPS Relief Request 28 (Reference 4.2-17), and from the data in Table 2.6.4 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-18). (For comparison, the EOL mean RTNOT will be calculated without margin and hence will be lower than the Section 4.2.2 RTNDT value.)

The procedures and training used to limit cold over-pressure events will be the same as those approved by the NRC when PNPS requested approval of the BWRVIP-05 technical alternative for the current license term.

An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2. This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel circumferential weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.

4.2.6 Reactor Vessel Axial Weld Failure Probability The BWRVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds (BWRVIP-05) are based on generic analyses supporting an NRC SER conclusion that the generic-plant axial weld failure rate is no more than 5x1 06 per reactor year (Reference 4.2-18). BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.

PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term (Reference 4.2-17). The basis for this relief request was a plant-specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term was less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER (Reference 4.2-11). The BWRVIP-05 SER concluded that the reactor vessel failure frequency due to failure of the limiting axial welds in the BWR fleet at the end of 40 years of operation is less than 5x1 06 per reactor year. This failure frequency is dependent upon given assumptions of flaw density, distribution, and location. The failure frequency also assumes that 207027 Page 10 of 17

"essentially 100%" of the reactor vessel axial welds will be inspected. The PNPS relief request requires additional relief request if less than 90% coverage is achieved.

PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis. The parameters used will be those from the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-18) from the NRC Supplemental SER for BWRVIP-05 (Reference 4.2-19).

The supplemental SER required the limiting axial weld to be compared with data found in Table 3 of the document. Originally, the supplemental SER identified PNPS as a limiting plant for the BWR fleet; however, in the discussion it is noted that the high EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS calculated by the BWRVIP is due to the use of an initial RTNDT of 0°F. The supplemental SER notes that the docketed value of initial RTNDT (from the RVID) is -480 F, and therefore the EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS is not bounding for the BWR fleet. The supplemental SER stated that the axial welds for the Clinton plant are the limiting welds for the BWR fleet and vessel failure probability determined for Clinton should bound the BWR fleet.

The limiting values will be compared to the values assumed in the analysis performed by the NRC staff in thb BWRVIP-05 supplemental SER and the 64 EFPY limits and values obtained from Table 2.6- 5 of the SER. As such, this TLAA will be projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii).

An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding 'hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel axial weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.

4.7.1 Reflood Thermal Shock of the Reactor Vessel Internals UFSAR Section 3.3.6.8 addresses reflood thermal shock of the reactor vessel internals (core shroud). This evaluation of thermal shock was considered a TLAA as it is potentially based on shroud material properties that are affected by neutron fluence.

The shroud material is Type 304 stainless steel, which is not significantly affected by irradiation.

An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the 207027 Page 11 of 17

hydrostatic test was set at 212°F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reflood thermal shock TLAA. To confirm that the limiting fluence will not be reached during the period of extended operation and consequently that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Commitment 48 is added.

Changes to existing UFSAR Section 3.3.6.8 information presented in Section A.1.1 of the LRA (gage A-3) are revised as follows:

3. Shroud inner surfaces at hiqhest irradiation zone The most ~raitdpoint On the inner surfaco of the Shroud is subjected to a total itgae

,UtO, fuX of 2.7 x 1WO. no, (3 1 MoV) by the end of station life. The peak thermal shock stress is 155,700 psi, corresponding to a peak strain of 0.57 percent. The shroud material is Type 304 stainless steel, which is not significantly affected by irradiation. The material does experience a loss in reduction of area. Because reduction of area is the property which determines tolerable local strain, irradiation effects can be neglected. The peak strain resulting from thermal shock at the inside of the shroud represents no loss of integrity of the reactor vessel inner volume. T4e limit of Typo 304/tail*lec "eri'i Steel i6 appr-a-hed at a flun*,c of 8 x 1021rn/,R2 (WRlVIP 35). As the PNPS shroud Will remnain below that fluAen 19VBI for the

  • priod of extende operation, the shroud Will remain seryicoablo.

UFSAR Supplement Sections are revised to read as follows:

A.2.2.1.1 Reactor Vessel Fluence Calculated fluence is based on a time-limited assumption defined by the operating term. As such, fluence is the time-limited assumption for the time-limited aging analyses that evaluate reactor vessel embrittlement. Fluence values were calculated using the RAMA fluence calculation method. The RAMA fluence method was developed for the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. and the Boiling Water Reactor Vessel and Internals Project (BWRVIP) for the purpose of calculating neutron fluence in boiling water reactor components. This method has been approved'by the NRC (Reference A.2-9) for application in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.190 provided the fluence calculations for the reactor are appropriately benchmarked.

The benchmarking validation of the RAMA fluence calculation is ongoing for the PNPS reactor vessel. The RAMA calculated fluence is approximately 56% of the benchmark fluence calculated from the available surveillance capsule dosimetry. Uncertainties between the calculated and measured results from the dosimetry are still being examined to determine a possible cause for the discrepancy. An action plan to improve benchmarking data to support approval of new P-T curves will be developed and submitted for NRC review.

An alternative analysis to determine the limiting fluence value has been performed (Reference A.2-12). This analysis assumes increasing fluence levels until an ASME Code or regulatory limit is reached based on the projected changes in material properties. Changes in the vessel (ferritic) steel material properties are measured by an increase in adjusted reference temperature or a decrease in Charpy upper shelf energy. The effects of increasing fluence on the austenitic stainless steel core shroud and internals was also considered. By assuming increasing fluence levels, the analysis identifies the maximum fluence that can be experienced while meeting the Code and regulatory criteria.

207027 Page 12 of 17

The analysis determined that the limiting fluence value was set by the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature starting for the hydrostatic test was set at 212°F The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E+18 n/cm 2 . This fluence level was the limiting fluence value identified.

On or before June 8, 2010, Entergy will submit to the NRC calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.

A.2.2.1.2 Pressure-Temperature Limits Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel boltup, hydrotest, pressure tests, normal operation, and anticipated operational occurrences be accomplished within established pressure-temperature (P-T) limits. These limits are established by calculations that utilize the materials and fluence data obtained through the Reactor Vessel Surveillance Program.

Pilgrim receive~d License Amendment 227 dated March 29, 2007 that extended the existing P-T limit curves for Pilgrim through Cycle 18.

The P-T limit curves will continue to be updated, as required by Appendix G of 10 CFR Part 50 or as operational needs dictate. This updating will assure that the operational limits remain valid through the period of extended operation. Maintaining the P-T limit curves in accordance with Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 assures that the effects of aging on the intended function(s) will be adequately managed for the period of extended operation consistent with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(iii).

A.2.2.1.3 Charpy Upper-Shelf Energy Appendix G of 10 CFR 50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper-shelf energy ... of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper-shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb .... The initial (unirradiated) values of upper-shelf energy (CvUSE) for PNPS beltline welds were provided to the NRC in correspondence responding to Generic Letter 92-01.

Regulatory Guide 1.99, Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials,Revision 2, provides two methods for determining Charpy upper-shelf energy (CvUSE). Position 1 applies for material that does not have surveillance data and Position 2 applies for material with surveillance data. Position 2 requires a minimum of two sets of credible material surveillance data. Since PNPS has data from only one material surveillance capsule, Position 2 does not apply. For Position 1, the percent drop in CvUSE for a stated copper content and neutron fluence is determined by reference to Figure 2 of Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2. This percentage drop is applied to the initial CvUSE to obtain the adjusted CvUSE.

The predictions for percent drop in CVUSE at 54 EFPY must be based on chemistry data, the maximum 1/4T fluence values, and unirradiated CvUSE data submitted to the NRC in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. The predicted CvUSE values for 54 EFPY will utilize Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position 1. The predictions will use Regulatory Guide 1.99, Position 1, Figure 2; specifically, the formula for the lines will be used to calculate the percent drop in CvUSE.

207027 Page 13 of 17

PNPS will use chemistry data from previous licensing submittals, the PNPS response to GL 92-01, and the 1/4T fluence values to be determined to perform linear interpolation on the CvUSE percent drop values in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Figure 2.

The license renewal SER for BWRVIP-74, Action Item #10, states that each license renewal applicant shall demonstrate that the percent reduction in Charpy USE for their beltline materials is less than that specified for the limiting BWR/3-6 plates and the non-Linde 80 submerged arc welds given in BWRVIP-74. This action item is not applicable to PNPS if the PNPS projected CvUSE remains above the 50 ft-lb limit, even for the period of extended operation.

An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section Xl, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2. This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel Charpy upper shelf energy TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.

A.2.2.1.4 Adjusted Reference Temperature Irradiation by high-energy neutrons raises the value of RTNOT for the reactor vessel. RTNDT is the reference temperature for nil-ductility transition as defined in Section NB-2320 of the ASME Code. The initial RTNDT is determined through testing of unirradiated material specimens. The shift in reference temperature, ARTNDT, is the difference in the 30 ft-lb index temperatures from the average Charpy curves measured before and after irradiation. The adjusted reference temperature (ART) is defined as initial RTNDT + ARTNDT + margin. The margin is defined in RG 1.99, Revision 2. The P-T curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel materials.

RG 1.99 Revision 2 defines the calculation methods for RTNDT and ART.

The PNPS reactor vessel was evaluated for an assumed exposure of less than 1019 nvt of neutrons with energies exceeding 1 MeV. After approximately 4.17 EFPY, the first surveillance capsule was withdrawn from the vessel and tested. The capsule test report concludes that the shift in RTNDT and upper-shelf energy over 32 EFPY will be within 10 CFR 50 guidelines.

PNPS will project values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY using the methodology of RG 1.99.

These values will be calculated using the chemistry data, margin values, initial RTNDT values, and chemistry factors (CFs) contained in the PNPS response to GL 92-01. Initial RTNDT values are from report SIR-00-082, which was submitted in 2001 as part of the PNPS P-T limit change request. The 1/4T fluence values discussed in Section 4.2.1 will be used. New fluence factors (FFs) will be calculated using the expression in RG 1.99, Revision 2, Equation 2, where the fluence factor is given by FF = f (0.28-0. 1O*Iogf) 207027 Page 14 of 17

In this equation, f is the 1/4T fluence value. The new ARTNDT values will be calculated by multiplying the CF and the FF for each plate and weld. Calculated margins and the initial RTNDT will then be added to the calculated ARTNDT in order to arrive at the new value of ART.

An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel adjusted reference temperature TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.

A.2.2.1.5 Reactor Vessel Circumferential Weld Inspection Relief Relief from reactor vessel circumferential weld examination requirements under Generic Letter 98-05 is based on an analysis indicating acceptable probability of failure per reactor operating year. The analysis is based on reactor vessel metallurgical conditions as well as flaw indication sizes and frequencies of occurrence that are expected at the end of a licensed operating period.

PNPS received NRC approval for this relief for the remainder of the original 40-year license term. The basis for this relief request is an analysis that satisfied the limiting conditional failure probability for the circumferential welds at the expiration of the current license, based on BWRVIP-05 and the extent of neutron embrittlement. The anticipated changes in metallurgical conditions expected over the extended operating period require additional analysis to extend this relief request.

The NRC evaluation of BWRVIP-05 utilized the FAVOR code to perform a probabilistic fracture mechanics (PFM) analysis to estimate the reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell weld failure probabilities. Three key inputs to the PFM analysis are (1) the estimated end-of-life mean neutron fluence, (2) mean: chemistry values based on vessel types, and (3) the assumption of potential for beyond-design-basis events.

PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis for the first two key assumptions. The data will be from the NRC SER for PNPS Relief Request 28, and from the data in Table 2.6.4 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05.

(For comparison, the EOL mean RTNDT will be calculated without margin and hence will be lower than the Section 4.2.2 RTNDT value.)

The procedures and: training used to limit cold over-pressure events will be the same as those approved by the NRC when PNPS requested approval of the BWRVIP-05 technical alternative for the current license term.

An analysis determined that the limiting.fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to 207027 Page 15 of 17

perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding'hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2. This-fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel circumferential weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.

A.2.2.1.6 Reactor Vessel Axial Weld Failure Probability The BWRVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds (BWRVIP-05) are based on generic analyses supporting an NRC SER conclusion that the generic-plant axial weld failure rate is no more than 5x10e per reactor year. BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.

PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term. The basis for this relief request was a plant-specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term was less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER. The BWRVIP-05 SER concluded that the reactor vessel failure frequency due to failure of the limiting axial welds in the BWR fleet at the end of 40 years of operation is less than 5x10"6 per reactor year. This failure frequency is dependent upon given assumptions of flaw density, distribution, and location. The failure frequency also assumes that "essentially 100%" of the reactor vessel axial welds will be inspected. The PNPS relief request requires additional relief request if less than 90% coverage is achieved.

PNPS will compare the reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis. The parameters used will be those from the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 from the NRC Supplemental SER for BWRVIP-05.

The supplemental SER required the limiting axial weld to be compared with data found in Table 3 of the document. Originally, the supplemental SER identified PNPS as a limiting plant for the BWR fleet; however, in the discussion it is noted that the high EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS calculated by the BWRVIP is due to the use of an initial RTNDT of 0°F. The supplemental SER notes that the docketed value of initial RTNDT (from the RVID) is -48 0 F, and therefore the EOL value of RTNDT for PNPS is not bounding for the BWR fleet. The supplemental SER stated that the axial welds for the Clinton plant are the limiting welds for the BWR fleet and vessel failure probability determined for Clinton should bound the BWR .fleet.

The limiting values will be compared to the values assumed in the analysis performed by the NRC staff in the BWRVIP-05 supplemental SER and the 64 EFPY limits and values obtained from Table 2.6- 5 of the SER. As such, this TLAA will be projected to the end of the period of extended operation in accordance with 10 CFR 54.21 (c)(1)(ii).

207027 Page 16 of 17

An analysis determined that the limiting fluence value is the fluence that corresponds to the maximum temperature limit for performing the ASME Code hydrostatic test. The temperature to perform the hydrostatic test is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400, which requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The vessel integrity analysis assumed different fluences and calculated the corresponding hydrostatic test temperatures. As fluence increases, higher temperatures are required to perform the test to meet the ASME Code criteria. The maximum temperature for the hydrostatic test was set at 212 0 F. The corresponding maximum allowable fluence is a 1/4T fluence of 4.12E18 n/cm 2 . This fluence is the limiting fluence value identified.

If fluence remains below this limiting value during the period of extended operation, the fluence will result in acceptable results for the reactor vessel axial weld failure probability TLAA. To confirm that this TLAA will be valid to the end of the period of extended operation, Entergy will submit to the NRC on or before June 8, 2010 calculations consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.190 that will demonstrate limiting fluence values will not be reached during the period of extended operation.

The following reference is added to UFSAR Supplement Section A.2.3.

A.2-12 Bethay, Stephen J. (Entergy), to Document Control Desk (NRC), "License Renewal Application Amendment 16," letter 2.07.027 dated May 1, 2007, Attachment E, Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS.

207027 Page 17 of 17

ATTACHMENT C to Letter 2.07.027.

(1 page)

LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs

LRA Amendments to Delete BWRVIP-48 and BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessments as TLAAs Sections 4.7.2.2 and 4.7.2.3 of the draft SER discuss BWRVIP-48, Vessel ID Attachment Welds and BWRVIP-49, Instrument Penetrations, respectively. Both sections appropriately conclude that the BWRVIP analysis does not constitute a TLAA for license renewal since the CLB does not include a plant-specific 40-year CUF calculation for these components.

Section 4.7.2.3 states, "In a letter dated May 11, 2006, the applicant amended the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-49 fatigue assessment for the RPV IPNs as a TLAA for the LRA. The amendment deleted LRA Section A.2.2.6." The referenced amendment letter does not contain the stated change. Apparently the change was made to the Vermont Yankee LRA, but due to administrativebversight was not made to the PNPS LRA. The change'is equally applicable to PNPS. Amendments to the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-49 fatigue assessment as a TLAA are provided.

Also, Section 4.7.2.2 should have a similar discussion of changes to the LRA necessary to delete discussion of BWRVIP-48 as a TLAA. Amendments to the LRA to delete the BWRVIP-48 fatigue assessment as a TLAA are provided.

LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-48 Fatique Assessment as a TLAA Delete Section 4.7.2.2, "BWRVIP-48, Vessel ID Attachment Welds."

Delete entry for BWRVIP-48, vessel ID attachment welds fatigue analysis from Table 4.1-1, "List of PNPS TLAA and Resolution."

Delete entry for cracking - fatigue with TLAA-metal fatigue from ID attachment welds in Table 3.1.2-1. Cracking managed by the BWR Vessel ID Attachment Welds Program remains in the table.

Delete Section A.2.2.5, "Vessel ID Attachment Welds Fatigue Analysis."

LRA Amendments to Delete the BWRVIP-49 Fatigue Assessment as a TLAA Delete Section 4.7.2.3, "BWRVIP-49, Instrument Penetrations."

Delete entry for BWRVIP-49, instrument penetrations fatigue analysis from Table 4.1-1, "List of PNPS TLAA and Resolution."

Delete entry for cracking - fatigue with TLAA-metal fatigue from nozzles, reactor vessel instrumentation (N15, N16) in Table 3.1.2-1. Cracking managed by the BWR Penetrations Program remains in the table.

Delete Section A.2.2.6, "Instrument Penetrations Fatigue Analysis."

ATTACHMENT D to Letter 2.07.027 (9 pages)

Torus Room Concrete Base Mat Evaluation (Dr. Franz UIm, M.I.T.)

Preliminary Durability Performance Evaluation of Torus Base Mat in Pilgrim Station By: Franz-Josef Ulm Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge, MA 02139 Date: April 30, 2Q07 Executive Summary: The objective of this report is a preliminary durability evaluation of the effect of the observed groundwater intrusion on the structural performance of the 8 ft thick Reactor Building base mat in Entergy's Pilgrim Station. Based on observations and documents shared by the Entergy team with the author, the following conclusions are drawn:

1. The groundwater migration through the 8ft. thick Reactor Building base mat is a highly localized phenomenon. It is caused by a 25ft hydraulic head difference, pushing groundwater through vertical joints and zones most likely weakened by tensions generated during setting and hydration following the construction. These localized zones are discontinuities equivalent to a vertical cylindrical hole of a maximum diameter of 4 mm (0/6t in). Such small discontinuities that originate from construction joints are inevitable in large-scale concrete engineering operations.
2. This highly localized nature of the zones through which water penetrates, does not compromise the overall structural performance of the Torus base mat: it does neither affect the bulk integrity of the concrete slab, nor the overall compressive and bending load bearing capacity of the reactor foundation.
3. Calcium leaching of the solid concrete is expected to take place in the localized zones through which water penetrates. While this localized calcium leaching does not affect the overall structural performance of the slab, it may contribute to further weakening the construction joints, and may eventually have degraded the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in diameter Williams rock anchors. A close-up inspection of the grout and bolt is recommended.
4. The lower pH-value of 9.3-9.4 of the water emerging from localized zones along the construction joints, compared to the typical pH- 12 of concrete's bulk pore solution, is consistent with the calcium leaching observation. Its localized occurrence does not compromise the corrosion protection of the steel reinforcement in the slab. A refinedcorrosion indicator analysis is recommended to confirm theprevention or minimization of reinforcement and anchor bolt corrosion.
5. Changes in environmental conditions (e.g., seasonal changes in water table or a seismic event) that affect the static head that drives the water migration through the concrete would impact the rate of water seepage into the torus room. These affects would be small since, as discussed in the report, the discontinuities in the concrete base mat that are allowing the Water seepage into the torus room are very small. Even if the current very low rate of water intrusion increased by an order of magnitude because of a change in static head there would be no impact on plant safety due to the large size of the torus room.
1. Objective The objective of this report is a preliminary durability evaluation of the Torus Mat in Entergy's Pilgrim Station. This report is based on observations and documents shared by the Entergy team with the author during and following the visit on Monday, March 19, 2007 to Entergy's offices in the Pilgrim Station.
2. Observations The 8 ft thick Torus mat is part of the reactor building foundation, and surrounds the much thicker core vessel foundation. The Torus mat is divided into 16 Torus room bays, with bay #2 being the most south, and bay #10 the most north, where the ocean is situated.

At any point in time water may be observed on the floor of one or more Torus room bays, puddled at the low point under the invert of the Torus. The maximum water depth may be about 1/z inch or more, but generally limited to the area directly beneath the Torus shell. The wetted areas of the floor have not extended out from under the Torus, and pumping for removal has never been required. Some of remaining bays having no water may have crystal residue indicating they were once wet. Several other bays show no evidence to suggest that they were ever wet. These are bays #16, 1, 2, 3 ind 4, which are all situated on the south side of the reactor foundation, i.e. the furthest away from the sea.

Conditions associated with water seepage into the Torus room have been reported in the early 1980s but may have existed even before then. In the early 1980s seepage was reported at the junction of the drywell pedestal and the Torus room floor, in Bay #15. In the late 1990s, Torus room conditions were evaluated by Engineering. The most probable cause of water seepage was attributed to groundwater by-passing the waterproof membrane that encapsulates the Reactor Building 8 ft. thick base mat. A 25 ft. hydrostatic head forces water through the mat at discontinuities such as construction joints, anchor bolts holes or other features that result in reduced head losses.

This conclusion was based on the following observations and operating experience with membrane designs similar to Pilgrim:

  • A portion of the floor in Bay #10, adjacent to the Torus saddle common to Bay #11 (situated on the north side), was dried, cleaned and isolated with a berm. Within the berm is a Williams rock anchor installed in the early 1980s to secure the Torus saddles for pipe break accident uplift conditions. Within about a day, water reappeared on the floor within the berm. There were no visible cracks on the floor surface, suggesting that the water was coming up from the anchor hole drilled in the slab, or from beneath the torus saddle base plate.
  • The water was sampled and not found to be contaminated to an extent that would indicate an active plant system leak. Some radioactive contamination was found but this was believed to be the result of plant system leaks that occurred much earlier in the plants operating history.
  • There were no active plant system leaks that could result in water on the Torus room floor.
  • The seepage rate 'appears to be at steady state with evaporative losses, hence the floor surface within any bay never fills completely.
3. Methodology Based on these observation, and additional information about the construction history of the reactor building foundation, the tasks of this preliminary durability performance evaluation are:

(1) To identify the most likely cause of the observed seepage into some Torus room bays, and (2) To estimate the effect of this cause on the integrity and performance of the base mat foundation.

(3) Finally, some preliminary conclusions are drawn together with recommendations for further investigations.

4. Analysis 4.1 Correlating Construction History and Occurrence of Water Seepage The job drawings of the construction sequence and photos taken during the construction indicate that the Torus mat was constructed first before the massive core foundation was put in place. In particular, the construction of the Torus mat was divided in four concrete segments, staring with the North-West Corner, followed by the South-East Corner, the North-East Corner and finally the South-West Corner. Finally, the central core foundation was pouredý As such there are a total number of four construction joints between the four mat segments, in addition to the joint between

the core foundation and the surrounding Torus base mat. It has been earlier suggested that those construction joints could be the preferential path for water seepage.

In order to check this suggestion, Figure 1 overlays in a plan view the pouring sequence with concrete joints and the bays in which water seepage has been observed. There appears to be a clear correlation between the construction sequence and the locus of occurrence of water. In particular:

(1) The water seepage observed in Bay #6 and #10, situated respectively on the North and the East side of the reactor foundation are situated in bays delineated to the inside by the core-mat construction joint, and separated in the center of the bay by one mat-to-mat construction segment joint.

(2) The water seepage observed in bays #7, #11 and #13 are all delineated to the center by a core-mat construction joint characterized by a kink forming a more-or-less sharp wedged geometrical discontinuity.

There appears to be, therefore, a strong indication in favor of the suggestion that the preferential paths for water seepage are construction joints. From a concrete material perspective, concrete construction joints are well-known to be the weak spot pf any concrete engineering application, due to so-called "wall effect", leading during pouring of the fresh concrete to a higher water-concentration compared to bulk concrete. This higher water concentration available for cement hydration leads to a higher final porosity of the concrete in the immediate surrounding (typically a fraction of I in) of the joints than in the concrete bulk. Since the flow of water occurs through this porosity, concrete construction joints form a preferential path for fluid conduction, as analyzed later on. With regard to the occurrence of water in specific bay areas, the following additional observations are made:

(I) In bay #6 and #10, it is most likely that the water seepage originates from the 'T' junction of the mat-mat joint with the core-mat joint.

(2) The fact,;hat the core foundation was constructed only after the mat may have had some important implications on the stresses that were most likely generated during the concrete hydration. In fact, since hydration is an exothermic reaction, heat is generated during hydration, which leads to high temperature rises in massive concrete elements. This heat is transported through the concrete surface leading to a cooling over time of the concrete, until the concrete element reaches the ambient temperature [ I]. Given the construction process, the base mat which had been poured first, must have been already in a state of cooling, when the much thicker core foundation was poured. Given the massive dimensions of the core foundation, the temperature in the core foundation is expected to have followed an almost adiabatic temperature rise. This temperature differential between the cooler mat and the hot core generates circumferential tension stresses in the mat immediately adjacent to the concrete joint. Indeed, a rough analysis Qf the stresses surrounding the core foundation shows that the circumferential (or hoop) stresses in the immediate vicinity of the joint are in tension if the temperature rise in the core had been twice the temperature rise in the mat. These stresses are amplified, in bay #7,#11,#13 by the presence of the wedge-shaped joint, leading to a significant stress amplification due to stress concentration which is typical for geometrical discontinuities. It is, therefore most likely that those wedge-shaped corners may have been additionally weakened during the differential hydration, forming some preferential path for water seepage.

(3) The fact that most water seepage observed occurred on the North side may well be related to the direction of water flow below the foundation, flowing towards the sea situated on the North side.

North Bay #11 Bay #10

  • 2 222 ~ .. .......

Bay Ba #112i**i Bay#13Bay #7 Bay #14 - Bay #6 Bay #15 Bay #2 South Figure 1: Correlating concrete construction sequence with water seepage occurrence: The dashed lines represent construction joints (re-constructed from shop-drawings), the patches represent observed water seepage in specific bays.

It should be noted that those phenomena (higher porosity Of concrete close to joints, microcracks around geometrical discontinuities) are almost inevitable in massive concrete engineering applications due to the high exothermic nature of cement hydration. It is for this reason that concrete design codes specify a minimum amount of steel reinforcement, which needs to bridge concrete construction joints. This reinforcement ensures the structural performance of the slab, despite some localized concrete material weakness along construction joints. This reinforcement, however, cannot eliminate neither the higher material porosity, nor the occurrence of microcracks. It may eventually limit the microcrack opening and propagation; thus ensuring the structural performance of the concrete foundation.

4

4.2 Seepage through Concrete Bulk and Construction Joints The most likely source of the water seepage observed on the Torus floor is due to groundwater infiltration driven by the hydraulic head of the pore fluid under gravity forces. For purpose of analysis, the following assumptions are made:

" The porosity of the 8 ft concrete mat is assumed to be fully saturated by liquid water. This seems to be a reasonable assumption, given that the 8 ft thick concrete slab would take some centuries I to dry to a level in equilibrium with the ambient humidity conditions inside the Torus room (see, for instance, [2,3]).

  • The 8 ft concrete slab is sufficiently homogeneous throughout its thickness. This allows one to condense the flow into a single material parameter, the intrinsic permeability of concrete. For bulk concrete, typically values for the intrinsic permeability reported in the open literature vary between 10-1_10l6 m 2, depending on the concrete mix proportion and curing conditions (see, for instance, [4]). The concrete composition and massiveness of the Torus base mat is indicative of an intrinsic permeability of 10,17 M2 .

Under these assumptions the mass flux rate through the 8 ft concrete slab can be estimated using Darcy's Law. For reference, we first estimate the mass flux rate through the concrete bulk. For an hydraulic head difference of 24.5 ft between the bottom of the slab and the surface and an intrinsic permeability of 10,17 M2 , these calculations Pyield a mass flux (per unit surface) through the concrete bulk of Q=0.02 kg/ (m2day) which amounts to 6.2 kg/ (m yr). Such a small amount of water (which generates daily a water film 17gm thin) is expected to evaporate almost instantaneously, and it is a clear indication that the water flux through the concrete bulk porosity cannot be at the origin of the observed water seepage. It hints towards a very localized nature of the water penetration. Furthermore, the small value is , benchmark value for a first-order estimate of the size of the joint openings through which the water flow occurs.

Indeed, it was observed that in a previously dried area water reappeared within a day or two generating a water film on-average 1/4 in thick2. This observation translates into a water flux of Q=3.2-6.4 kg/(m 2day), which is substantially greater than the water flux through the concrete bulk.

One can attempt to link this high flux rate to the space through which the flow occurs, by considering the flow of water through a cylinder of radius a in a cross section A (see, for instance [5]). In this simple model representation of the flow along the joints, the cylinder represents the joint opening, while the cross section represents the wetted surface in consequence of the flow through the cylinder. These calculations provide an upper-bound estimate of the cylinder radius representing the characteristic size of the joint opening, and yield values for the pore throat radius in functions of the wetted surface area. The results which are displayed in Figure 2, indicate that the equivalent cylindrical "joint" opening, is on the order of 1-2 mm (-1/25 - 1/12 in) for wetted surface areas of 5-20 m2 ( 200 ft2) which was observed in some bay areas.

It should be noted that this rough model overestimates the joint opening because it cumulates all possible joint openings into one single cylindrical shape. On the other hand, it provides an upper-bound estimate of the order of magnitude of the joint opening, which is expected to be in the sub-millimeter range, but substantially greater than the typical capillary pore size of concrete which is in the micrometer range.

In all cases, the order of magnitude estimations of the water flow generated by the hydraulic head difference is clear evidence of a mal-functioning of the water-stop PVC membrane originally designed to control seepage at concrete construction joints.

I Drying of concrete is an extremely slow process. It takes some 10 years to dry a slab of 12 cm thickness exposed on both sides to ambient conditions. The drying duration increases with the square of the thickness. Hence, over the last 35 years, the drying front in the torus room may have reached a depth of x = (35/10)0.5 x 6 = 11.2 cm = 4.4 in, which is negligible (5%) compared to the base mat thickness of 8 ft. In return, this drying may have caused some microcracking (almost invisible to the eye) in the concrete surface, expanding roughly half the depth of the drying front [3]. This microcracking scales with the mass loss and is little affected by an increase of the amount of steel reinforcement.

2 John Dyckman, email March 16, 2007.

0.0025 0.002 I2 0,0015-0.001 0

0 5 10 15 20 25 Wetted Surface Area A [m2]

Figure 2: Estimated equivalent cylindrical joint size as a function of the wetted surface area. The upper curve is based on water re-appearance within one day, the lower curve on water re-appearance in two days.

4.3 Effect of Calcium Leaching When concrete is put in contact with water having a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium calcium concentration, calcium is leached from the concrete into the pore solution[ The equilibrium concentration of calcium in the pore solution is roughly 480 mg/L (see e.g. [6-7]), meaning that if the calcium concentration in the pore solution is below this threshold value calcium is dissolved ("leached") from the solid into the pore solution. The consequence of leaching is a substantial increase in the porosity (due to the dissolution of Portlandite) and a substantial loss in mechanical stiffness and strength properties [6,8].

Water collected frpm the Torus room and analyzed chemically3 showed a calcium concentration of 230 mg/L, which is smaller than the equilibrium calcium concentration. As a consequence, it cannot be excluded that calcium leaching occurred along the preferential path of groundwater intrusion. In favor of this suggestion is the observation that evaporation residues furthermore show a 31 mw% of calcium4.

Fortunately, calcium leaching is a very slow process: the calcium leaching front advances 0.115 mm/4day; which means that over the last 35 years the leaching may have dissolved the calcium in a layer maximum 13 mm (-1/2 in) thick. In other words, in the life span of the power plant, calcium leaching has no effect on the bulk integrity and structural performance of the concrete foundation. On the other hand, it cannot be excluded that calcium leaching may have contributed to the weakening of the construction joints over the years. In fact, the calcium leaching may have contributed to the joint opening through which groundwater (at a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium concentration) penetrates. The way by which calcium leaching is most likely to affect the joint opening is sketched in Figure 3, showing dissolution fronts originating from the bottom side around a joint (left). The figure shows that the dissolution generates a vertical wedge-shaped dissolution pattern around the joint, which propagates upward through the slab in a self-similar fashion. These dissolution fronts scale linearly with the water-velocity in the joint and the joint opening [9]; which means that the higher the water flow through the joint, the more advanced the vertical position of the degraded zone.

Measurements of the flow rate through the joints could make it possible to estimate the current height of the leaching front in the 8 ft base mat. In the absence of such measurements, it is not possible to exclude that leaching by groundwater may have reached the grout of the Williams rock anchored (2ft below surface), leaching the calcium of the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in Williams rock anchor.

3 Northeast laboratory Services Report, dated 03/i 9/2007.

4 Northeast Laboratory Services Report, dated 03/15/2007.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Figure 3: Dissolution Fronts around a joint through which water flows with a lower calcium concentration than the equilibrium concentration. For a flow velocity of V=10 cm/d and a joint opening of 0.4 mm, (a) 27 years; (b) 158 years; (c) 318 years; (d) 438 years. The vertical height in this figure is 5 cm (reproduced from

[9]).

4.4 Effect of pH Value Compared to the groundwater (pH - 6.7)5, the water collected in the Torus bay has a pH value of 9.3 - 9.46. This pH value is belowathe typical pH- 12 value found in the highly basic interstitial pore solution of concrete, and it is consistent with the observation of a lower-than-equilibrium calcium concentration in the water seepage. Given the very low flow rates through the bulk of the concrete slab, it is reasonable to expect that a high pH-12 value prevails in the pore solution of the concrete bulk, while the slightly lower pH value of 9.3 - 9.4 only occurs locally in the water penetrating through the joint openings. In all cases, both pH values are in a range that should prevent or minimize reinforcement corrosion. To ascertain this suggestion, a refined chemical analysis of the water may be helpful, one in which not only the pH value is measured (which represents the H' cation concentration), but as well other quantities, such as the CI-/OH- concentration ratio in water. Such corrosion indicators have recently been identified to provide a more comprehensive measure of the onset of corrosion, as it requires a critical amount of CF-to start the corrosion (see, for instance, [10] and references cited herein).

5. Summary of;Analysis and Recommendation The analysis of observations and documents relating to the groundwater intrusion into some bays of the Torus room allows for the following preliminary conclusions:
1. The observed groundwater penetration is a highly localized phenomenon. It is caused by the high hydraulic head difference, pushing groundwater through vertical joints and zones most likely weakened by tensions 5 SAIC Report dated July 17, 2006.

6 Northeast laboratory Services Report, dated 03/19/2007

generated during setting and hydration following the construction. These zones are discontinuities equivalent to a vertical cylindrical hole of a maximum diameter of 4 mm (1/6th in).

2. The calcium concentration of the collected groundwater is smaller than the equilibrium calcium concentration in cementitious materials. As a consequence calcium leaching is expected to take place. The highly localized nature of the water penetration ensures that this leaching has no effect neither on the bulk integrity of the concrete, nor on the overall structural performance of the reactor foundation. (In fact, a vertical cylinder of 4 mm diameter in a - 142 ft x 142 ft foundation slab, will not compromise neither its compressive load distributiot? function nor the bending capacity of the slab.)
3. Thus, the effects of calcium leaching are localized around the vertical joints and other vertical discontinuities present in the slab. Depending on the flow velocity, leaching may have affected the grout in the annular space between the 3 in diameter hole and the 2 in diameter Williams rock anchor, compromising the grout's stiffness and strength. It is recommended to inspect whether the grout has been chemically degraded.
4. The lower pH-value of the collected groundwater is consistent with the observation of a lower-than-equilibrium calcium concentration. Since the phenomenon is localized around some weak spots along the construction joints, it is unlikely that this locally lower pH value substantially increases the risk of reinforcement corrosion. To further prevent and minimize the risk of reinforcement corrosion, a refined chemical analysis is recommended to measure relevant corrosion indicators, such as the CI-/OH-concentration ratio, and to compare those corrosion indicators with now well-established corrosion thresholds

[101. A close-up inspection of the Williams rock anchors may complement this evidence of a non-detectable corrosion risk.

In summary, the analysis provides evidence that the observed groundwater penetration does not compromise the structural performance of the Torus base mat. It is recommended that any corrective measurement should be based on a prior identification of the exact location of the weak points along the construction joints, and a detailed analysis of the degradation state of both the grout and the bolt of the William rock anchor system.

References

[ I ] Ulm FJ, Coussy O Couplings in early-age concrete: From material modeling to structural design INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES 35 (31-32): 4295-4311 NOV 1998

[2] Acker P, Ulm FJ Creep and shrinkage of concrete: physical origins and practical measurements NUCLEAR ENGINEERING AND DESIGN 203 (2-3): 143-158 JAN 2001

[3] Ulm FJ, RossiP, Schaller I, Chauvel D Durability scaling of cracking in HPC structures subject to hygromechanical gradients JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING-ASCE 125 (6): 693-702 JUN 1999

[4] Claisse PA, Ganjian E, Adham TA In situ measurement of the intrinsic permeability of concrete MAGAZINE OF CONCRETE RESEARCH 55 (2): 125-132 APR 2003

[5] Dormieux L, Kondo D, Ulm FJ Microporomechanics J. WILEY & SONS, CHICHESTER, UK

[6] Ulm FJ, Torrenti JM, Adenot F Chemoporoplasticity of calcium leaching in concrete JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS-ASCE 125 (10): 1200-1211 OCT 1999

[7] Mainguy M, Coussy 0 Propagation fronts during calcium leaching and chloride penetration JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS-ASCE 126 (3): 250-257 MAR 2000

[8] Ulm FJ, Heukamp FH, Germaine JT Residual design strength of cement-based materials for nuclear waste storage systems NUCLEAR ENGINEERING AND DESIGN 211 (1): 51-60 JAN 2002

[9] Mainguy M, Ulm FJ, Heukamp FH Similarity properties of demineralization and degradation of cracked porous materials INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES 38 (40-41): 7079-7 100 OCT 2001

[10] Alonso C, Andrade C, Castellote M, et al.

Chloride threshold values to depassivate reinforcing bars embedded in a standardized OPC mortar CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH 30 (7): 1047-1055 JUL 2000

ATTACHMENT E to Letter 2.07.027 (22 pages)

Structural Integrity Associates Fluence Evaluation for PNPS 4

VStructural Integrity Associates, Inc. File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 CALCULATION PACKAGE Project No.: PNPS-27Q PROJECT NAME: Evaluation of Fluence Issues for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station CONTRACT NO.: 4500555337, Rev. -1 CLIENT: Entergy jNuclear Northeast PLANT: Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station CALCULATION TITLE: Evaluation of Fluence Issues for PNPS Document Affected Project Manager Preparer(s) &

Revision Pages Revision Description Approval Checker(s)

Signature & Date Signatures & Date 1 3, 8, 9, 10, & 12 Update Sections 1.0, 4.5, T. J. Griesbach T. J. Griesbach 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0 4/30/07 4/30/07 G. L. Stevens 4/30/07 Contains References to Proprietary Information Page 1 of 22 F0306-OI RO

StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

Table of Contents 1.0 INTR O D U CTIO N ............................................................................................................... 3 2.0 TECHNICAL APPROACH ...................................................................................... 3 3.0 ASSUMPTIONS / DESIGN INPUTS ...................................... 4 4.0 C AL C UL A T IO N S ........................................................................................................................ 4 5.0 RESULTS OF AN ALY SIS ..................................................................................................... 9

6.0 CONCLUSION

S AND DISCUSSIONS ................................................................................ 10 7.0 RE FE REN CE S ........................................................................................................................... 11 List of Tables Table 1: Beltline Curve A for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence ................... 13 Table 2: PNPS ART Calculations for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence ............. 14 Table 3: PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (Without 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) ........................................... ...................................... 15 Table 4: PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (With 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) ................................................................................. 16 Table 5: PNPS Maximum Projected Fluence and USE Drop for Vessel Beltline Materials ........... 17 18 Table 6: Effects of Irradiation on RPV Axial Weld Properties .........................

Table 7: Effects of Irradiation on RPV Circumferential Weld Properties ....... I...................... 19 List of Figures Figure 1: Pressure Test P-T Curve (Curve A) for 54 EFPY with Bias CF on Fluence ................. 20 Figure 2: Calculated Hydrotest Temperature and 1/4t ART versus Fluence ................................ 21 Figure 3: Predicted Decrease in Shelf Energy as a Function of Pct. Copper and Fluence ........... 22 File No.: PNPS-27Q,.301 Page 2 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO

StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

1.0 INTRODUCTION

The recent fluence re-evaluation for the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) reactor pressure vessel (RPV) using the EPRI RAMA code required an increased fluence bias correction factor (CF) of 1.78 to adjust for the benchmarking discrepancy with the cycle 4 surveillance capsule dosimetry results [I]. A rigorous technical explanation for this bias has not been determined. As a result, the NRC will not accept the PNPS fluence calculations for application to future plant operation without further justification. In response to this, Entergy Nuclear Northeast (ENN) has requested SI to perform an additional evaluation to demonstrate adequate vessel life prediction through the extended 60-year operating period with respect to the fluence projections.

Increasing fluence has an effect on the toughness of the RPV materials. This is measured by an increase in the adjusted reference temperature (ART) and a decrease in the upper shelf energy (USE) of the RPV beltline materials. The PNPS FSAR identifies the vessel as being controlling for all reactor pressure boundary carbon steel components [17]. The ASME Code [2] and 10CFR50, Appendix G [3] give criteria for maintaining pressure boundary integrity including the effects of materials degradation due to irradiation damage. Additional evaluations for equivalent margins have been submitted to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and approved for use by boiling water reactors (BWRs) for Charpy USE drop. These equivalent margin analyses for USE are published in BWRVIP-74-A [4]. In addition, BWRVIP-05 [5] provides a technical basis for alternative inspection requirements of the RPV shell welds to eliminate inspections of circumferential welds. The methods and criteria in these documents form the basis for demonstrating vessel integrity margins, including the effects of plant aging due to fluence.

ENN performed an integrated plant assessment (IPE) to extend the operating license of PNPS.

This included a review of the time-limited aging analyses (TLAA) and exemptions to IOCFR50 for the period of extended operation [6]. Increasing fluence is one aspect considered in the TLAAs. The calculated fluence in the vessel using the method from Reference [1] is projected through 54 effective full power years (EFPY) without a bias correction factor. The results of that study are now being reevaluated using assumed fluences greater than the previously calculated results. This analysis for PNPS uses the established methods and criteria for evaluating embrittlement for fluence levels exceeding the previously projected end-of-license fluence in the vessel.

2.0 TECHNICAL APPROACH The shift in the ART and a decrease in the USE for ferritic materials are predicted by Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2 [7]. The embrittlement trend curves are a function of File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 3 of 22 Revision: 1 -

Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1 RO

StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

copper (Cu) content, nickel (Ni) content, and fluence; different trend curves apply for welds and base metals. The materials in the RPV that must be monitored for irradiation effects are the regions where significant fluence levels are projected (> lxlO' 7 n/cm2 , E > 1 MeV), and those materials are characterized as beltline materials. Analyses of all of the beltline materials for the PNPS vessel, determine the weld or plate that is the limiting RPV beltline material. The properties of that limiting beltline material are then used to calculate the operating heatup, cooldown; and pressure test curves. Those calculations were performed previously for the PNPS RPV for a fluence up to 54 EFPY using fluence projections with and without the 1.78 bias correction factor [8, 9]. The calculations show that there is no RPV integrity concern for 54 EFPY even with the bias corrected fluence.

To further demonstrate that the fluence uncertainty issue for PNPS is not a concern, additional analyses are being performed in this calculation assuming even greater fluence levels in the RPV beyond the 54 EFPY predicted fluence values with the 1.78 bias correction factor. The fluence levels are assumed to increase until a criterion for operability can no longer be maintained. When that limit is determined, the calculated factor on fluence is an indication of the conservatism against brittle fracture of the RPV (or some other criteria) in order to accommodate the observed uncertainty in the fluence calculations.

3.0 ASSUMPTIONS / DESIGN INPUTS

1. The pressure for the pressure test is normal operating pressure (1,035 psig) from Reference [10].
2. The maximum test temperature for the hydrotest is 212'F per the PNPS Technical Specifications

[11 ]. (Note that this is an operational limit, not a brittle fracture limit.)

4.0 CALCULATIONS 4.1 Maximum Fluence to Perform Hydrotest Irradiation by high energy neutrons raises the RTNDT of the reactor vessel materials. The ART is defined as RTNDT + ARTNDT + Margin in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2 [7].

The pressure-temperature (P-T) curves are developed from the ART value for the vessel material. The calculated hydrotest pressure vs. temperature curve (Curve A) results for 54 EFPY are shown in Table I and in Figure 1 [8]. The PNPS projected values for ARTNDT and ART at 54 EFPY were calculated with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [9]. The projected values of ART are shown in Table 2. The hydrotest pressure is the normal operating pressure, which is 1,035 psig [10]. The system hydrostatic test temperature is calculated tomeet the requirements of ASME Section XI, Appendix G, Article G-2400 [2]. The system hydrostatic test should be performed at a temperature not lower than the highest required temperature for any component in the system. For PNPS, the limiting component is the beltline File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 4 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO

StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

material with the highest ART value at the quarter-thickness (1/4t) location. From Table 2, the limiting materials are the lower intermediate shell longitudinal welds #1 and #3.

The maximum calculated ART value for these welds at 54 EFPY is 122.7TF. This corresponds to a l/4t fluence value of 1.46x1018 n/cm 2, including the 1.78 bias correction factor. The hydrotest temperature at this fluence is 152.5°F. This hydrotest temperature is interpolated linearly from the values from Table 1 as follows:

Hydrotest Hydrotest Temperature Pressure (OF) (psig) 150 1,007 152.5 1,035 155 1,063 The temperature difference between the 1/4t ART value and the hydrotest temperature is calculated to be 29.8°F. This temperature difference is assumed to be constant for increasing fluence and ART values, so the maximum fluence to conduct the hydrotest can be calculated from the maximum achievable temperature to perform the hydrotest, which is 212'F for PNPS

[11]. The 1/4t fluence and corresponding 1/4t ART for the limiting welds are increased until the hydrotest temperature of 212'F is reached. From the table below it is noted that the maximum 1/4t fluence of 4.12x 1018 n/cm 2 corresponds to a 1/4t ART value of 182.2°F for a hydrotest temperature of 212'F, the maximum temperature to perform the hydrotest at PNPS.

Calculation of Hydrotest Maximum Temperature and Fluence 1/4t 1/4t Hydrotest Temp. Fluence Fluence ART Temp. Difference Ratio (nlcm 2 )' (*F) (OF) (OF) 1.46E+18 122.7 152.5 29.8 1.00 2.00E+18 139.6 169.4 29.8 1.37 3.OOE+18 162.9 192.7 29.8 2.05 4.00E+18 180.4 210.2 29.8 2.74 4.12E+18 182.2 212 29.8 2.82 maximum fluence to conduct hydrotest < 212°F 4.50E+18 187.8 217.6 29.8 3.08 5.OOE+18 194.4 224.2 29.8 3.42 The calculated hydrotest temperature and 1/4t ART values versus fluence are shown in Figure 2.

A fluence ratio of 2.82 is the ratio of the maximum 1/4t fluence at the limiting vessel beltline welds compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor. In other words, the fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor would have to be increased by an additional factor of 2.82 before the limiting hydrotest temperature of 212'F is reached.

File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 5 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO

StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.

4.2 Maximum Fluence to Maintain Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Appendix G of 10CFR50 requires that reactor vessel beltline materials "have Charpy upper shelf energy...of no less than 75 ft-lb initially and must maintain Charpy upper shelf energy throughout the life of the vessel of no less than 50 ft-lb." Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2, Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials,defines the method for predicting upper shelf energy drop in terms of a percentage from the unirradiated value. Figure 3 shows the predicted Charpy upper shelf energy for welds and base metals as a function of copper content and fluence.

The predicted Charpy upper shelf energy (CRUSE) values for PNPS at 54 EFPY were determined previously for the PNPS license renewal project [6]. The predicted CVUSE values based on the Regulatory Guide 1.99 Position I method are shown in Table 3. The predicted values for CvUSE using the 54 EFPY fluences with the 1.78 bias correction factor are shown in Table 4. It is noted that all projected USE values are above 50 ft-lbs, even with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence. The USE limit shows a minimum fluence ratio of 4.9 for the projected fluence to reach 50 ft-lbs for the lower intermediate shell axial welds, as shown in Table 5. Because the USE values are always greater than 50 ft-lbs., the equivalent margin method of BWRVIP-74-A is not required.

4.3 Maximum Fluence Bounded by the Reactor Vessel Weld Failure Probability The BWVIP recommendations for inspection of reactor vessel shell welds in BWRVIP-05 [5]

are based on generic analyses supporting a Safety Evaluation Review (SER) conclusion that the generic plant axial weld failure rate is no greater than 5xl0-6 per reactor year [12] at the end of 40 years. BWRVIP-05 showed that this axial weld failure rate is orders of magnitude greater than the 40-year end-of-life circumferential weld failure probability, and used this analysis to justify relief from inspection of the circumferential welds as described above.

PNPS received relief from the circumferential weld inspections for the remainder of the original 40-year operating term [13]. The basis for this relief request was a plant specific analysis that showed the limiting conditional failure probability for the PNPS circumferential welds at the end of the original operating term were less than the values calculated in the BWRVIP-05 SER [12].

Table 6 contains a comparison of the PNPS reactor vessel limiting axial weld parameters to those used~in the NRC analysis. The data in column two (CE) is from Table 2.6-5 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 [12]. The data in the third column (PNPS) is the projected 54 EFPY data for PNPS without the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [6]. (For consistency with the NRC evaluation, the RTNDT is calculated without the margin term.) The data in column four (PNPS with Bias CF) is the projected 54 EFPY data for PNPS with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence.

File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 6 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1RO

StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.

'Column five (PNPS Limit) shows the maximum fluence and RTNDT to assure that the limiting axial weld remains bounded by the value of 172.47F determined from the CEOG and accepted in the SER [12]. The maximum ID fluence of 8.48x1018 n/cm 2 gives a fluence ratio of 4.18 compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor.

Table 7 contains a comparison of the PNPS reactor vessel limiting circumferential weld parameters to those used in the NRC analysis. The data in column two (CE) is from Table 2.6-5 of the NRC SER for BWRVIP-05 [12]. The data in the third column (PNPS) is the projected 54 EFPY data for the PNPS circumferential weld without the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence [6]. The data in column four (PNPS with Bias CF) is the projected 54 EFPY data for the PNPS circumferential weld with the 1.78 bias correction factor on fluence. Column five (PNPS Limit) shows the maximum fluence and RTNDT to assure that the PNPS circumferential weld remains bounded by the value of 128.5°F determined from 2

9 the CEOG and accepted in the SER [12]. The maximum ID fluence of 1.14x10' n/cm gives a fluence ratio of 7.35 compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor.

PNPS obtained relief from the examination of RPV circumferential welds related to the augmented shell weld examination requirements contained in 10CFR50.55a(g)(6)(ii)(A)(5).

The reduction in scope of these inspections from essentially 100 percent of all RPV shell welds to-examination of essentially 100 percent of the axial welds and essentially zero percent of the circumferential welds was based on the NRC staff determination that the conditional probability of failure for these welds was within the acceptable limits at the expiration of the current operating license [13]. The results given in Tables 6 and 7 show that the bounding reactor vessel weld conditional failure probabilities can be maintained well beyond the 54 EFPY projected fluences and ART values for the PNPS vessel. The relatively large calculated fluence ratios shown in these tables indicate that the criteria for relief from the circumferential vessel weld inspections will not be the limiting factor for fluence margin in the PNPS RPV.

4.4 Effect of Fluence on Evaluation of N2 Nozzles The fluence levels in the N2 nozzles are relatively low compared to the peak fluence in the beltline. These fluences shown in the table below were obtained from the RAMA code fluence calculation [9, 14].

54 EFPY Fluence @ 114t 54 EFPY Fluence @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF) (with 1.78 bias CF)

(n/cmA2) (n/cmA2)

Recirc. inlet (N2) nozzles 2.02E+17 3.60E+17 Limiting Axial Welds 8.18E+17 1.46E+18 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 7 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1 RO

V StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

The effect of the increasing fluence on the calculated ART values for the limiting weld and the N2 nozzles is shown below. The ART values for the A508-2 nozzle forgings was estimated using upper bound Cu = 0.35, Ni = 0.85, and an initial RTNDT of 0°F [14].

54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t 54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF) (with 1.78 bias CF)

(0F) (OF)

Recirc. inlet (N2) nozzles 77.0 94.7 Limiting Axial Welds 95.3 122.7 Structural Integrity Associates recently performed an evaluation of the recirc. inlet nozzles using best estimate copper and nickel chemistry values of Cu = 0.15 wt%, Ni = 0.85 wt% [14].

Using these best estimate values, the calculated ART values for the nozzles are as follows:

54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t 54 EFPY ART @ 1/4t (w/o 1.78 bias CF) (with 1.78 bias CF)

_(OF) (OF)

Re'circ. inlet (N2) nozzles 39.9 56.4 Limiting Axial Welds 95.3 122.7 From the comparison of the ART values for the recirc. inlet nozzles and the limiting axial welds, the recirc. inlet nozzle embrittlement levels are well below the projected ART values for the limiting axial welds. This is mainly because of significantly lower fluences at the height of the nozzles compared to the active core region. Thus, there is no impact of fluence uncertainty for this evaluation, and it is determined that the nozzles will not become the limiting beltline materials for P-T limits or hydrotest conditions as fluence levels are increased.

4.5 Effect of Fluence on RPV Internals 4.5.1 Top Guide 2

BWRVIP-26 calculated the minimum top guide fluence for 32 EFPY (40 years) as 4x10 1 n/cm 2 [15]1, The threshold for IASCC is 5x10 2° n/cm 2, and the PNPS top guide fluence will exceed this threshold [6]. Therefore, PNPS must manage IASCC of the top guide assembly.

PNPS has implemented the inspection recommendation in BWRVIP-26 through the BWR Vessel Internals Program [16]. The BWR Vessel Internals Program will adequately manage the effects of aging on the top guide for the period of extended operation. The top guide does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no c'riterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the top guide structure.

File No.: P1.'4PS-27Q-30 I Page 8 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO

StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

4.5.2 Core Shroud The core shroud is a BWR component that is known to be susceptible to aging effects. Section 3.8.12 of the PNPS License Renewal Project, TLAA and Exemption Evaluations [6] addresses the time limited aging analyses of the core shroud. A review of the analyses related to the core shroud found that the only TLAA involves the fatigue analysis and calculation of cumulative usage factors (CUFs) for the shroud repair. The core shroud does not affect the operating P-T limit curves, and there is no criterion on fluence that would further limit the operation of the core shroud structure.

5.0 RESULTS OF ANALYSIS The effects of increased fluence beyond the projected 54 EFPY fluence calculations for the PNPS RPV are summarized below for each of the potential aging effects. The results are compared to determine the minimum acceptable fluence ratio. This is the fluence multiplier that could be achieved compared to the 54 EFPY fluence with the 1.78 bias correction factor, and is the measure of tolerance on fluence before a limit is reached that would exceed a Code limit, regulatory criterion, or service limit.

Effect of Fluence on Acceptable Fluence Ratio Hydrotest Temperature 2.82*

Charpy Upper Shelf Energy 4.86 RPV Axial Weld Failure Probability 4.18 RPV Circ. Weld Failure Probability 7.35 Evaluation of N2 Nozzles Bounded by beltline

  • minimum acceptable fluence ratio = 2.82 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 9 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO

V StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.

6.0 CONCLUSION

S AND DISCUSSIONS Fluence contributes to changes in the vessel beltline material properties. These changes are measured by the shift in RTNDT or the drop in USE of the ferritic materials (i.e., welds, plates, and forgings). The analyses using projected fluence values for license renewal (54 EFPY) for PNPS show no limitations due to embrittlement concerns for the vessel. Considering increasing fluence levels, the RPV analyses demonstrate that the Code and regulatory criteria can be met for operation well beyond this maximum fluence level by a factor of 2.82 (or greater) on the 54 EFPY fluence including a bias correction factor of 1.78.

The limiting condition for the vessel is the temperature required to perform the ASME Code hydrotest. The temperature to perform the hydrotest is prescribed by ASME Section XI, Article G-2400 that requires a safety factor of 1.5 on the pressure stress intensity to prevent brittle fracture of the vessel during this test. The maximum temperature limit for the hydrotest of 212'F in the PNPS Technical Specifications is an administrative limit; it may be possible to perform the test at higher temperatures which would allow for even higher fluence levels.

These analyses demonstrate that there is a considerable tolerance on the acceptable range of fluence. This is exemplified by the difference between the fluence for the maximum predicted levels of embrittlement and the limiting criteria for operability, a difference large enough to accommodate the uncertainties on the calculated fluence for PNPS.

File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 10 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO

StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.

7.0 REFERENCES

1. ENT-FLU-00 1-R-00 1, "Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Reactor Pressure Vessel Fluence Evaluation at End of Cycle 15 and 54 EFPY," TransWare Enterprises Inc.,

December 2005, Proprietary, (SI File No. PNPS-22Q-201).

2. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section XI, Appendix G, 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda.
3. Code of Federal Regulations, 10 CFR, Part 50, Appendix G, Federal Register: January 2005.
4. BWRVIP-74-A, "BWR Reactor Vessel Inspection and Flaw Evaluation Guidelines for License Renewal, BWR Vessel and Internals Project," EPRI Proprietary, 1008872, June.2003, (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-274AP).
5. BWRVIP-05, "BWR Reactor Pressure Vessel Shell Weld Inspection Recommendations (B WRVIP-05)," BWR Vessel and Internals Project," EPRI Proprietary, EPRI TR-105697, September 1995. (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-205P).
6. PNPS License Renewal Project, TLAA and Exemption Evaluations, LRPD-03, Revision 0, January 2006, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-202).
7. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.99, Rev. 2, "Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials," May 1988.
8. SI Calculation PNPS-03Q-301, Revision 1, "Development of Pressure Test (Curve A)

P-T Curves," 1/30/06.

9. SI Calculation PNPS-22Q-301, "ARTNDT and ART Evaluation," 1/20/06.
10. Email from Bryan Ford to Raymond Pace, Timothy J. Griesbach, and Gary L. Stevens,

Subject:

Maximum Pressure Test Temperature, dated 3/8/07, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-205).

11. PNPS Technical Specifications, Revision 274, Amendment No.'s 224 and 225, Limiting Conditions for Operation, 3.14 Special Operations, A. Inservice Hydrostatic and Leak Testing Operation, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-206).
12. BWRVIP-05 SER (Final), USNRC letter from Gus C. Lainas to Carl Terry, Niagara Mohawk Power Company, BWRVIP Chairman, Final Safety Evaluation of the BWR Ves~el and Internals Project BWRVIP-05 Report, (TAC No. M93925), July 28, 1998, (SI File No. BWRVIP-01-205P).

File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 11 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-O1RO

E StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

13. Letter from J. Boska (NRC) to M. Bellamy (ENGC), Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station -

Pilgrim Relief Request No. 28, Relief from ASME Code,Section XI, Examinations of Reactor Pressure Vessel Circumferential Shell Welds (TAC No. MB6074), April 11, 2003, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-208).

14. SI Calculation PNPS-22Q-302, "N2 Nozzle Evaluation," 2/21/06.
15. BWRVIP-26, "BWR Top Guide Inspection and Flaw Evaluation Guidelines (BWRVIP-26)," EPRI Proprietary, EPRI Report TR-107285, December 1996, (SI File No.

BWRVIP-01-226P).

16. Engineering Report PNPS-EP-06-00001, Revision 0, "Reactor Vessel Internals Inspection Program," (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-207)
17. Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Final Safety Analysis Report, Section 3.3, Reactor Vessel Internals Mechanical Design, and Section 4.2, Reactor Vessel and Appurtenances Mechanical Design, (SI File No. PNPS-27Q-209).

File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 12 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO

V StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

Table 1: Beltline Curve A for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence [8]

Pressure-TemperatureCurve Calculation (PressureTest = Cuwve A)

(NOTE: THE ARTNDT includes a calculated bias on fluence of 1.78.)

Inputs. Plant =

Component = It]na Vessel thickness, t 5.5312 inches, so qt = 2,352 -,inch Vessel Radius, R 113.91 inches ARTNoT :54ý .F 54>*, ,

Cooldown Rate, CR 0 °F/hr KIT = ksi*inch 1 2 (From Appendix G, for cooldown rate above)

AT1 /4t F- 0.0 °F (no thermal for pressure test)

Safety Factor .50 (for pressure test)

Mm 2.178 u (From Appendix G, for inside surface axial flaw)

Temperature Adjustment =1F Height of Water for a Full Vessel 5 ' inches Pressure Adjustment = psig (hydrostatic pressure for a full vessel at 70°F)

Hydro Test Pressure 1 psig Flange RTNDT - -F Fluid Calculated Adjusted Adjusted Temperature 11/4t Pressure Temperature Pressure for T Temperature Kic Kip P for P-T Curve P-T Curve

(-F) (°F) (ksi*inch 112

) (ksi*inchllZ) (psig) (IF) (psig) 70.0 70.0 40.43 26.95 0 70.0 0 70.0 70.0 40.43 26.95 601 70.0 583 75.0 75.0 41.19 27.46 612 75.0 594 80.0 80.0 42.03 28.02 625 80.0 606 85.0 85.0 42.95 28.64 638 85.0 620 90.0 90.0 43.98 29.32 654 90.0 635 95.0 95.0 45.11 30.08 671 95.0 652 100.0 100.0 46.37 30.91 689 100.0 671 105.0.. 105.0 47.75 31.84 710 105.0 691 110.0 110.0 49.28 32.86 733 110.0 714 115.0 115.0 50.97 33.98 758 115.0 739 120.0 120.0 52.84 35.23 785 120.0 767 125.0 125.0 54.91 36.61 816 125.0 798 130.0 130.0 57.19 38.13 850 130.0 832 135.0 135.0 59.72 39.81 888 135.0 869 140.0 140.0 62.51 41.67 929 140.0 911 145.0 145.0 65.59 43.73 975 145.0 957 150.0 150.0 68.99 46.00 1026 150.0 1,007 155.0 155.0 72.76 48.51 1082 155.0 1,063 160.0' 160.0 76.92 51.28 1143 160.0 1,125 165.0 165.0 81.52 54.34 1212 165.0 1,193 170.0 170.0 86.60 57.73 1287 170.0 1,269 175.0 175.0 92.21 61.48 1371 175.0 1,352 180,0 180.0 98.42 65.61 1463 180.0 1,445 185.0 185.0 105.28 70.19 1565 185.0 1,547 190.0 190.0 112.86 75.24 1678 190.0 1,659 195.0 195.0 121.24 80.83 1802 195.0 1,784 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 13 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0I RO

V StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.

Table 2: PNPS ART Calculations for 54 EFPY with Bias Correction Factor on Fluence [91 Pilgrim RPV MaterialART Calculations (54 EFPY)

(NOTE: This table covers all RPV materials Kith an exposed fluence. E

  • I MeV, of grealerthan .Ox 10" rncm'.) includes 1.78cat ulated bias on fuence Estimated Chemistry Chemistry AdJustments For 114t Description Piece Code Heat Inhial RTNOr Factor ARTwT Margin Terms ARTKeT No. No. No. (OF) Cu (wt%) N1(wt %) (°F) (IF) o^ ("F) oa(OF) (°F)

LowerShell#1 337-01A G-3109-2 C-2957-2 0 0.10 0.47 65.0 30.5 15.3 0.0 61.1 LowerShell#2 337-018 G-3109-1 C-2957-1 -3 0.10 0.48 65.0 30.5 15.3 0.0 58.1 LowerShell#3 337-01C G-3109-3-- C-2973-1 -4 0.11 0.63 74.5 35.0 17.0 0.0 65.0 Lower-Int. Shell #1 337-03A G-3108-3 C-2945-2 -12 0.10 0.66 65.6 34.3 17.0 0.0 56.3 Lower-kit Shell #2 337-038 G-3108-1 C-2921-2 -30 0.14 0.60 100.0 52.2 17.0 0.0 56.2 Lower-t.Shetl#3 337-03C G-3108-2 C-2945-1 -7 0.10 0.65 65.5 34.2 17.0 0.0 61.2 Estimated Chemistry Chemistry Ad]ustments For 114t Description Seam Heat Flux Type & Initial RTNMT Factor ARTso Margin Terms ARTeNo No. No. LotNo. (°F) Cu (wt%) Ni(wt%) ("F) (°F) or(°F) ol(°F) (°F)

L. Int.Shel Long.Weld #1 1-338A 27204/12008 Linde 1092#3774 -48 0.219 0.996. 231.1 114.7 28.0 0.0 122.7 L. It ShelLong. Weld #2 1-338B 27204112008 Linde 1092 #3774 -48 0.219 0.996 231.1 78.4 280 0.0 86.4 L.Int. Shel8Long.Weld#3 1-380C 27204112008 Linde 1092 #3774 -48 0.219 0.996 231.1 114.7 28.0 0.0 122.7 L. i*tjL. Shell Girth Weld 1-344 21935 Linde 1092 #3869 -50 0.183 0.704 172.2 75.4 28.0 0.0 81.4 Lower Shell Long. Weld #1 2-338A 27204 Linde 1092 #3714 -34 0.203 '1.018 226.8 83.5 28.0 0.0 105.5 Lower Shell Long. Weld #2 2-338B 27204 Linde 1092 #3714 -34 0.203 1.018 226.8 96.5 28.0 0.0 118.5 Lower Shell Long. Weld #3 2-338C 27204 Linde 1092 #3714 -34 0.203 1.018 226.8 87.8 28.0 0.0 109.8 Fluence Information (see Note 2).

Calculated Fluence Bias = 1-78 Wall Thickness (inches) Fluence at ID Attenuation, 114t Fluence @ 114t Fluence Factor, FF 2 0 2 Location Full "t 114t jnlcm ) e '2 (nlcm ) f00.0-o.i0og Q Lower Shell#1 5.531 1.383 1.80E+18 0.718 1.29E+18 0.470 LowerShell#2 5.531 1.383 1.80E+18 0.718 1.29E+18 0.470 Lower Shell #3 5.531 1.383 1.80E+18 0.718 1.29E+18 0.470 Lower-nL. Shell #1 5.531 1.383 2.28E+18 0.718 1.63E+18 0.522 Lower-int Shell#2 5.531 1.383 2.28E+18 0.718 1.63E+18 0.522 Lower-int. Shell#3 5.531 1.383 2.28E+18 0.718 1.63E+18 0.522 L. int.Shetl Long. Weld #1 5.531 1.383 2.03E+18 0.718 1.46E+18 0.496 L. int.Shell Long. Weld #2 5.531 1.383 920E+17 0.718 6.60E+17 0.339 L. int.Shell Long. Weld #3 5.531 1.383 2.03E+18 0.718 1.46E+18 0.496 L. init.L. Shell Girth Weld 5.531 1.383 1.55E+18 0.718 1.11E+18 0.438 Lower Shell Long. Weld #1 5.531 1.383 1.08E+18 0.718 7.77E+17 0.368 Lower Shell Long. Weld #2 5.531 1.383 1A5E+18 0.718 1.04E+18 0.425 Lower Shell Long. Weld #3 5.531 1.383 1.20E+18 0.718 8.58E+17 0.387 Notes: 1. Material information taken from SIA Report No. SIR-00-082, Revision 0, "Updated Evaluation of Reactor Pressure Vessel Materials Properties for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station," August 2000, Tables 3-1 through 3-12.

2. Fluence values from Transware Report No. ENT-FLU-001-R-001, Revision 0, "Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Reactor Pressure Vessel Fluence Evaluation," Tables 7-3 and 7-4, and are multiplied by a calculated bias of 1.78.
3. RPV minimum thickness = 5 17/32" per Section 3.3.2 of SR-00-082. Revision 0.

File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 14 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0 IRO

V StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

Table 3. PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (Without 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence) [61 Material Description 54 EFPY Projection Reactor Vessel Material Unirradiated 1/4 Trtuc) % Drop in Beltiine Region Location Mat! Type Identification Heat # %Cu CvUSE ( 1 0"' n/cm 2) USE USE (114 T)

Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-1 C-2921-2 0.14 81 0.084 i2.79% 70.6 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-2 C-2945-1 0.10 80 0.084 10.57% 71.5 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-3 0-2945-2 0.10 81 0.084 10.57% 72.4 Lower Shell A5338 G-3109-1 C-2957-1 0.10 76 0.061 9.79% 68.6 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-2 C-2957-2 0.10 79 0.061 9.79% 71.3 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-3 C-2973-1 0.11 72 0.061 10.31% 64.6 Lower Int/Lower Shell Circ Weld Linde 1092 1-334 21935 0.18 75 0.057 16.39% 62.7 Lower Int Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 1-338AB,C 27204-12008 0.22 75 0.076 19.52% 60.4 Lower Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 2-338AB,C 27204 0.20 75 0.050 16.87% 62.3 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 15 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO

V StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

Table 4. PNPS Charpy Upper Shelf Energy Values for 54 EFPY (With 1.78 Bias Correction Factor on Fluence)

Material Description 54 EFPY Projection (with 1.78 bias CF on fluence)

Reactor Vessel Mati Matt Heat# %Cu Unirr. 1/4t fluence  % Drop USE Beltline Region Location Type Ident. CvUSE (10A19 n/cm2) in USE @ 1/4t Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-1 C-2921-2 0.14 81 0.129 14.3 69.4 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-2 C-2945-1 0.10 80 0.129 11.7 70.6 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-3 C-2945-2 0.10 81 0.129 11.7 71.5 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-1 C-2957-1 0.10 76 0.163 12.3 66.7 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-2 C-2957-2 0.10 79 0.163 12.3 69.3 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-3 C-2973-1 0.11 72 0.163 13.1 62.6 Lower Int./Lower Shell Circ. Weld Linde 1092 1-334 21935 0.183 75 0.111 19.6 60.3 Lower In. Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 1-338A,B,C 27204/12008 0.219 75 0.146 23.2 57.6 Lower Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 2-338A,B,C 27204 0.203 75 0.104 20.5 59.6 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 16 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0IRO

V StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

Table 5. PNPS Maximum Projected Fluence and USE Drop for Vessel Beltline Materials Material Description Maximum Projected Fluence and USE DroD Reactor Vessel Matl Matl %Cu Unirr. 1/4t fluence Max. % Drop Min. USE Fluence Beltline Region Location Type Ident. CvUSE (10A19 n/cm2) in USE @ 1/4t Ratio Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-1 0.14 81 > 6.0 38.3 50.0 > 46.5 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-2 0.10 80 > 6.0 37.5 50.0 > 46.5 Lower Intermediate Shell A533B G-3108-3 0.10 81 > 6.0 38.3 50.0 > 46'5 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-1 0.10 76 > 6.0 34.2 50.0 > 36.8 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-2 0.10 79 > 6.0 36.7 50.0 > 36.8 Lower Shell A533B G-3109-3 0.11 72 > 6.0 30.6 50.0 > 36.8 Lower Int./Lower Shell Circ. Weld Linde 1092 1-334 0.183 75 1.11 33.3 50.0 10 Lower Int. Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 1-338A,B,C 0.219 75 0.71 33.3 50.0 4.86*

Lower Shell Axial Welds Linde 1092 2-338A,B,C 0.203 75 0.86 33.3 50.0 8.3

  • limiting fluence ratio to reach 50 ft-lbs CvUSE = (0.71E19)/(0.146E19) = 4.86 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 17 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-0IRO

V StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.

Table 6. Effects of Irradiation on RPV Axial Weld Properties Limiting Axial Welds - Lower Int. Long. Welds #1 and #3 Wire Heat/Lot (27204/12008, Lot No. 3774)

Pldnt CE (CEOG) PNPS PNPS with PNPS Limit Bias CF Parameter Description USNRC Data for Data for Data for Limiting Plant- axial weld axial weld axial weld Specific Data (no bias CF) (1.78 bias CF) (limiting fluence)

EFPY 64 54 54 >54 Initial (unirradiated) reference 0 -48 -48 -48 temperature (RTndt), OF Neutron fluence al the end of the requested relief period (Peak 4.OOE+18 1.14E+18 2.03E+18 8.48E+18*

Surface Fluencb in the Beltline),

n/cmA2 FF = Fluence factor (calculated 0.746 0,444 0.573 0.954 per Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2)

Weld Copper content, wt. % 0.219 0.219 0.219 0.219 Weld Nickel content, wt% 0.996 0.996 0.996 0.996 CF = Chemistry Factor 231.1 231.1 231.1 231.1 Increase in reference temperature 172.4 102.9 132.4 220.4 (Aamndt), OF (= FF*CF)

Mean adjusted reference 172.4 54.9 84.4 172.4 temperature (ART), OF

(= RTndt +ARTndt)

  • Fluence ratio = (8.48E 18)/(2.03E 18) = 4.18
  • File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 18 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO

V StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

Table 7. Effects of Irradiation on RPV Circumferential Weld Properties Limiting Circ. Weld - Lower Int.-to-Lower Shell Circ. Weld 1-344 Wire Heat/Lot (21935, Lot No. 3869)

Plant CE (CEOG) PNPS PNPS with PNPS Limit Bias CIF _____

Parameter Description USNRC Data for Data for Data for Limiting Plant- circ. weld circ. weld circ. weld Specific Data (no bias CF) (1.78 bias CF) (limiting fluence)

EFPY 64 54 54 >54 Initial (unirradiated) reference 0 -50 -50 -50 temperature (RTndt), OF Neutron fluence at the end of the requested relief period (Peak 4.OOE+18 8.69E+17 1.55E+18 1.14E+19*

Surface Fluence in the Beltline),

n/cmA2 FF = Fluence factor (calculated 0.746 0.389 0.510 1.037 per Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2)

Weld Copper content, wt. % 0.183 0.183 0.183 0.183 Weld Nickel content, wt% 0.704 0.704 0.704 0.704 CF = Chemistry Factor 172.2 172.2 172.2 172.2 Increase in reference temperature 128.5 67.1 87.9 178.5 (ARTndt), 'F (=IFF*CF)

Mean adjusted reference 128.5 17.1 37.9 128.5 temperature (ART), 'F

(= RTndt +ARTndt)

  • Fluence ratio = (1.14E19)/(1.55E18) = 7.35 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 19 of 22 Revision: I Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01 RO

r StructuralIntegrityAssociates, Inc.

Figure 1: Pressure Test P-T Curve (Curve A) for 54 EFPY with Bias CF on Fluence 181 1,200

- - -- T- - -

..... .-T 1-

..... - -- -- -7..... T

--[......i.........i

.... TI-----[°---*-...........

1,100 ,_ _ __ .. . . ... .------ -7 r -t - i

  • k - -/ --- - - . rr, 1,000 900

+zz - vA

e. .i . ... ,

L -_ --

0.

800 0

I--

iJ .---- v---- --------

700

- - IT i .

LU

-- 7.. *--- H 1 7-B-otto 600 0

ILl X

I-D 500 Ul F -z - I L S250 400 7 -_u1 - _,

  • --*---I---÷ ..... ..............

....... Uppee...

BL-- i Ve . ,-sse -...

en .... ~~~~~~~~~~**==*--.-I k---***- '--.... .Boto Head-ILl 300 _*__,~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~pe

  • Ve--ssel...................... --

- i* .. -- "I*~*..

0.

-- J.i~._*i...

..... l- ' , i7

- .-:-.*T

........ -*- -T" 200 m * '--.- r-*=

100 0

0 50 100 150 200 250 MINIMUM REACTOR VESSEL METAL TEMPERATURE (°F)

PNPS Pressure Test Curve (Curve A), 54 EFPY bias on fluence of 1.78.)

(NOTE: The fluence used on the beitline curve is increasedby a calculated Page 20 of 22 File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 20 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO

V Structural IntegrityAssociates, Inc.

Figure 2: Calculated Hydrotest Temperature and 1/4t ART versus Fluence 250 200

. 150 UL Eo.100 50 0

0 1E+18 2E+18 3E+18 4E+18 5E+18 6E+18 1/4t Fluence (nicMAr2)

File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 21 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-01RO

V StructuralIntegrity Associates, Inc.

Figure 3. Predicted Decrease in Upper Shelf Energy as a Function of Pct. Copper and Fluence (from Reg. Guide 1.99, Rev. 2 [71) 100 9

6 1

3 a)

I-a) a- 2 a)

C w

  • 0-10 a) 8 0) 7 C

6 a) w

'5 a)

(5 A a)

C 2

I ;-

1.OE+17 1.0E+18 1.OE+19 1.OE+20 2

FLUENCE, nlcm (E > 1MeV)

File No.: PNPS-27Q-301 Page 22 of 22 Revision: 1 Contains References to Proprietary Information F0306-OIRO